Quarterlytics / Industrials / Electrical Equipment & Parts / Espey Mfg. & Electronics Corp. / FY2020 Annual Report

Espey Mfg. & Electronics Corp.
Annual Report 2020

ESP · AMEX Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker ESP
Exchange AMEX
Sector Industrials
Industry Electrical Equipment & Parts
Employees 148
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Espey Mfg. & Electronics Corp.
Loading PDF…
EMPiRiC STUdENT PROPERTy PLC

  ANNUAL REPORT & ACCOUNTS 2020

d

Safe, homely  
and modern  
living spaces

Strategic Report

001  Highlights
002  Chairman’s Statement
004  At a Glance
006  Responding to COVID-19
008  Our Market
010  Business Model
012  Our Strategy
014  Chief Executive Officer’s Review
026  Key Performance Indicators
028  CFO and COO Statement
032  Responsible Business
042  Principal Risks and Uncertainties
043  Going Concern – Viability Statement

Governance Report

048  Board of Directors
050  Chairman’s Introduction to

 Corporate Governance and 
Corporate Governance Statement

056  Nomination Committee Report
057  Audit Committee Report
060 

 Statement from the Chairman of the 
Remuneration Committee
062  Remuneration Committee Report
065  Annual Report on Remuneration
071  Directors’ Report
073  Directors’ Responsibilities 

Financial Statements

074 
079 

Independent Auditor’s Report
 Group Statement of Comprehensive 
Income

082 

083 

080  Group Statement of Financial Position
081 
 Company Statement of Financial 
Position
 Group Statement of Changes  
in Equity
 Company Statement of Changes  
in Equity
 Group Statement of Cash Flows
 Notes to the Financial Statements
 Definitions
  Company Information and  
Corporate Advisers

084 
085 
106 
108 

 
OUR PURPOSE

Who  
we are

Purpose

To help students make  
the most of their university 
life by providing safe and 
modern living spaces with 
service that makes them 
feel at home

Responsibility

Customer Proposition

Culture

We are inclusive and 
thoughtful about ESG, 
contributing fully to our 
communities, thereby 
creating long-term 
sustainable value for  
all our stakeholders

We provide fully serviced, 
modern but characterful 
student homes, not halls, 
that are safe and 
convenient, within  
a friendly and supportive 
community environment

Our team are our  
key focus, by working 
together we deliver a  
safe, friendly environment 
and high-quality 
personalised service  
for our customers

Mission

To build and operate clusters 
of high-quality student homes 
in desirable locations, that  
create vibrant communities 
for discerning customers,  
and in doing so deliver 
attractive shareholder returns

AnnuAl RepoRt & Accounts 2020  

001

Highlights

Progress on the operational 
transformation and insourcing 
programme has continued throughout 
the year and has significantly improved 
our ability to respond quickly, effectively 
and responsibly to the challenges posed  
by the COVID-19 pandemic.

Financial
Revenue

£59.4m

2019 — £70.9m 

Change — (16)% 

Gross Margin (%)

61.9%

2019 — 67.1% 

Change — (8)% 

Adjusted earnings per share

2.30p

2019 — 4.43p 

Change — (48)% 

property Valuation

£1,005m

2019 — £1,029m 

Change — (2)% 

net Asset Value per share (p) 

105.0p

2019 — 110.2p 

Change — (5)% 

total Return (%)

(3.6)%

2019 — 8.6% 

Change — (142)% 

loan to Value (%)

35.4%

2019 — 32.9% 

Change — +8% 

Strategy in action

— 
Customers: Prioritising safety and 
welfare on page 18.

— 
People and Operations: Agile 
response on page 19.

— 
Buildings: Growing portfolio on 
page 23.

operational

We were in good shape as we began 2020. We 
had completed the majority of our insourcing journey 
and were seeing the benefits through improved financial 
performance from our more robust operating model. 

2020 was, however, a challenging year due to  

the COVID-19 pandemic, but the changes we have 
implemented over the past few years has ensured  
we have a more resilient business model.

Physical occupancy levels of above 50% achieved 

We implemented a number of actions to ensure 

Our underlying business (excluding the valuation 

– 
impact on our portfolio) continued to trade profitably 
during 2020.
– 
that we operated safely throughout the pandemic, 
continuing to provide COVID-19 secure homes, critical 
services, and enhanced programmes to ensure the 
safety and wellbeing of our students and colleagues.
– 
during each of the three national lockdowns.
– 
We conducted a comprehensive review of the 
operational team structure, and as a result moved to  
a more optimal structure, which enables us to improve 
customer service delivery.
– 
In November 2020, we successfully launched our 
new revenue management system and all bookings for 
the academic year 2021/22 are now managed in-house.
A new CEO and Head of Property were inducted 
– 
into the business in Q4 2020.

The COVID-19 pandemic did affect our ability to 

optimise the impact of our operational changes, in 
particular our asset disposal programme, and our ability 
to deliver a stable dividend to our shareholders. 

Whilst uncertainty remains, we are confident the 

changes made to our operations and the commitment of 
our staff will enable us to manage successfully through 
the COVID-19 challenges and put us in a strong position 
to drive sustainable shareholder value in the future.

Financial

Our financial performance has been materially 

impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. We have 
explained the impact of COVID-19 on our results  
on page 30.

STRATEGIC REPORTeMpiRic student pRopeRty plc

002

AnnuAl RepoRt & Accounts 2020  

chairman’s statement

sustainable 
long-term 
growth 
delivery

Our people have shown tireless 
commitment and skill in 
addressing the challenges posed  
by the COVID-19 pandemic.  
We kept all of our properties open 
and appropriately staffed, whilst 
continuing to serve our customers 
in a safe, secure environment. We 
remain committed to supporting 
and doing the right thing by each 
student on a case-by-case basis.

MARK pAin 
Non-Executive Chairman
16 March 2021

AnnuAl RepoRt & Accounts 2020  

003

As we entered 2020 we were 
making good progress against our 
medium-term objectives; creating 
an in-house operating platform, 
growing revenue, reducing costs, 
and increasing our operating 
margin and dividend cover. 

H owever, since March 2020, we have, like 

many others, faced challenges on an 
unprecedented scale as a result of the 

COVID-19 pandemic which has caused significant 
disruption to our business and had a substantial 
impact on our financial performance (see page 
30). Nevertheless, we remain well positioned to 
continue to respond effectively to the challenge 
today and into the future. 

our people 

Our continued progress is only possible 

because of the dedication and ability of all of our 
people. I would like to thank everyone in our 
business for their contribution over the past year. 

The views of our people are extremely 
important because they are at the heart of our 
customer proposition and core to us living our 
brand. We carried out two colleague engagement 
surveys in 2020. Response rates were over 70% 
and engagement scores were in excess of 80% as 
set out on page 15. Comments provided by survey 
respondents helped the business and Board to 
understand what needs to be done to make 
Empiric a great place to work. 

Our Colleague Forum, formed of colleagues 
across the Group, met ten times during the year to 
discuss a variety of topics. See page 37 for detail. 

Health and safety 

Having insourced our FM activities we now 

have complete control of our health and safety 
environment. We continue to enhance our 
monitoring and make our buildings as safe as 
possible. See page 29 for more detail on health  
and safety. 

environmental, social and Governance (“esG”)
Having spent the past two and a half years 

restructuring the business, insourcing, and 
building a responsible and effective operating 
platform, we are now in a position to reflect on: 
how we perform as stewards of the environment, 
how we meet our social obligations to employees, 
suppliers, customers and the communities in 
which we operate to deliver a more resilient, 
sustainable and responsible business and create 
further value to our stakeholders.

At the core of our proposition is a 
commitment to create a sustainable, positive, 
environmental, social and economic legacy for our 
shareholders, customers, colleagues and wider 
stakeholders.

During 2020 we created a Board-level ESG 
Committee, which will meet quarterly, tasked with 
providing a roadmap to deliver a significant step 
change in our approach to ESG which is a 
strategic priority for the next 12 months. This will 
further help us to confirm and disclose the actual 

Handling the  
COVID-19 crisis 
Our response to the COVID-19 pandemic 
has been underpinned by three key 
priorities: keeping our people, customers 
and communities safe, maintaining 
critical services for our customers while 
supporting their wellbeing and protecting 
value for our shareholders.

Our Senior Leadership Team has shown 
tireless commitment and skill in 
responsibly addressing the challenges posed 
by the COVID-19 pandemic. We kept all 
of our properties open, COVID-19 secure 
and appropriately staffed, serving our 
customers in a safe, secure environment.

More detail on how we managed the 
impact of COVID-19 can be found  
on pages 6 to 7.

colleague engagement score

83%

(2019: 75%)

Financial overview
See page 30 for detail and explanation 
of our financial performance for the 
year, including our refinancing. Going 
Concern is discussed on page 43.

and potential impacts of ESG-related risks and 
opportunities that are material to our business, 
strategy and financial planning. Pages 32-41 have 
more detail on our approach to ESG.

Board Appointments and succession 

On 18 March 2020 we announced that Tim 

Attlee would be stepping down from his role as 
Chief Executive Officer of the Company at the end 
of June 2020. Tim co-founded and helped float 
Empiric in 2014. As the Company’s Chief 
Investment Officer, Tim led the Company’s asset 
acquisition and development programme. 

On 26 June, after a rigorous selection 

process, we appointed Duncan Garrood as our 
new Chief Executive. Duncan is an experienced 
and proven business leader with excellent 
business development and operational 
capabilities in PLCs and large privately-owned 
businesses in the UK and overseas. He has strong 
operational, sales and marketing skills, and 
extensive experience in commercial businesses 
with significant real estate assets. Duncan joined 
Empiric on 28 September 2020.

The Board effectiveness review (see page 
54 for more details) concluded that the Board and 
its Committees continued to operate effectively 
throughout 2020.

dividends 

On 17 February 2020, the Board declared a 

dividend of 1.25 pence per ordinary share in 
respect of the quarter ended 31 December 2019, 
which was paid on 20 March 2020.

On 31 March 2020, due to uncertainty 

created by COVID-19, the Group announced a 
number of actions to strengthen further its cash 
position. This included the Board’s decision, whilst 
remaining mindful of its REIT tax obligations, to 
suspend all future dividend distributions until 
market conditions stabilised.

The Board is mindful of the importance of 
the dividend to many shareholders and will seek 
to resume dividends at an appropriate level as 
soon as there is sufficient clarity of outlook. For 
this, we would need to see more commitment in 
the approach of universities to face-to-face 
teaching and a significant improvement in 
occupation and rental income. 

AGM

Our 2020 AGM will be held on 25 May 2021. 

We are monitoring developments in UK 
regulations in relation to how AGMs may be held 
during this period. Further details about the AGM 
will be provided in the AGM Notice.

looking Forward 

The operational transformation of the 
business is largely complete and we are now 
embedding and driving sustainable performance 
from our new operating model. There is still more 
to be done to deliver the performance we are 
capable of and we remain focused intensely on 
delivering for all our stakeholders. 

At the time of writing, we are facing the 

challenges being posed by the COVID-19 
pandemic. We remain vigilant and are closely 
monitoring the situation and will provide updates 
as appropriate. Protecting and supporting our 
customers, colleagues and other stakeholders 
whilst underpinning the value of our assets for 
shareholders will continue to guide our actions 
over the coming months. 

STRATEGIC REPORTeMpiRic student pRopeRty plc

004

AnnuAl RepoRt & Accounts 2020  

At a Glance

Our top priority remains the health, safety and welfare of our  
residents, employees and wider stakeholders. We recognise that  
these are particularly challenging times for all students, and we  
remain committed to supporting and doing the right thing by  
each student on a case-by-case basis, whilst also protecting the  
long-term value of the Group.

Empiric offers students 
places where they want 
to live. our properties 
are some of the best in 
the market and our 
people get to know  
our students well,  
so we provide a more 
responsible and 
responsive service. this 
approach – combined 
with the smaller size and 
individual character of 
our buildings – helps to 
foster a strong sense of 
community, encouraging 
students to stay with us 
in future years. in short, 
we offer our students 
homes, not halls.

—
See more on our portfolio in the CEO’s 
Review on page 16.

Group Key stats

324 

employees

Beds contracted by region

Revenue Generating Assets

Scale is representative of beds  
contracted in region

scotland
1,167

north east
261

north West
1,457

yorkshire
1,041

West  
Midlands
1,866

south east
1,529

Wales
519

south West
1,556

912019 – 92

cities and towns

292019 – 29

Assets contracted

952019 – 95

Beds contracted

9,396

2019 – 9,401

6 years in operation 86% 

of portfolio by value considered prime real estate or better

AnnuAl RepoRt & Accounts 2020  

005

Reasons to invest

Revenue Generating Assets

912019 – 92

cities and towns

292019 – 29

Assets contracted

952019 – 95

Beds contracted

9,396

2019 – 9,401

1
Differentiated Business Model within 
the popular pBsA property sector
We target investment in regional cities which attract 
students from the growing pool of affluent international, 
postgraduate and returning undergraduates, whose 
premium accommodation requirements are relatively under-
served by the PBSA market. This segmented supply and 
demand imbalance drives both occupancy and rental 
growth, creating relatively high yielding investments 
providing attractive total returns.

4
Robust  
Financial performance
We have produced a secure financing structure, with a 
long-term gearing target of 35%, providing a stable platform 
for business growth.

—
Read more on page 20

—
Read more on page 30

2
Responsible and industry-leading  
operating Brand
Hello Student®, our operating brand, has become one  
of the most effective, responsible and recognisable in  
the sector. In the 2020 National Student Housing Survey, 
Hello Student® outperformed all benchmarks for student 
satisfaction, exceeding the average for university and 
private halls. We achieved a positive NPS score of 21,  
a higher score compared to the NPS benchmarks for  
private halls of 8.

5
socially and environmentally 
Responsible
We seek to conduct and run our business in a socially and 
environmentally responsible way. We plan to drive this 
agenda further forward during 2021.

—
Read more on page 16

—
Read more on page 32

3
sustainable long-term  
Business Model
There has been consistently strong growth in student 
numbers over the past decade, with the UK demographic 
turning positive from 2021. This, coupled with the 
government’s strong support for international student 
growth, gives us a strengthening market to operate in.

6
progressive culture embedded  
by core Values and purpose
We believe in our strong culture which is supported by the  
core values we live by each day throughout the business 
from the Board down.

—
Read more on page 10

—
Read more on the inside front cover

STRATEGIC REPORTeMpiRic student pRopeRty plc

006

AnnuAl RepoRt & Accounts 2020  

Responding to coVid-19

safe  
spaces

Carefully and responsibly managing the 
impact with effective, agile decisions.

Our Priorities and Key Mitigating Actions

Keeping our  
people, customers and 
communities safe

Maintaining critical 
services for our 
customers

protecting and driving 
Value for  
shareholders

– 

 Reporting tool to 
monitor the safety of our 
people and customers
Regular communication

– 
–  Updated HR policies
– 

 Strong IT infrastructure 
which easily facilitated 
working-from-home

– 

– 

– 
– 

 PPE, safety infrastructure 
and new procedures 
introduced
 Refund programme 
launched
 Virtual tours
 New pledges, such  
as the “Book with 
confidence” scheme

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

 Non-essential cost 
cutting
 Reducing capital 
commitments
 Liquidity improvements 
 Maintaining close 
relationships with our 
banks
 Detailed scenario 
planning and modelling

COVID-19   ����������
Impact Timeline 2020

–  Announced various cost saving and capital 
preservation measures across the business.

–  Revised procedures to ensure that social 

distancing is maintained.

–  Announced our refund programme.

–  We commenced 

virtual viewings, 
allowing prospective 
students to see our 
offering remotely.

March

May

February
–  Audit Committee  

and Board discussed 
COVID-19 as a risk 
to the business and 
the adequacy of 
disclosures in the 
Annual Report.

April
–  Commencement of 
furlough for c100 
colleagues; the Board 
took the decision to 
fund this directly 
and not take 
government support.

June
–  All furloughed 

colleagues returned to 
work in COVID-19 
secure locations around 
the country.

AnnuAl RepoRt & Accounts 2020  

007

the Resilience in our in-house  
operational Model
The pandemic has proved that the decision to turn Hello 
Student® into a responsible in-house operational model was 
the correct one. The agility which we had to be able to 
change processes, look after staff and increase safety would 
not have been possible had we still been using third-party 
operators to run our buildings. This resilience will continue to 
stand us in good stead as we go into a challenging 2021. 

protecting and creating long-term 
sustainable Value
Throughout the pandemic there were a number of challenging 
decisions that had to be made. When making decisions the 
impact on our stakeholders was carefully considered in the 
short and long term at each juncture. We always seek to act in 
the best interests of our stakeholders. Our s.172 statement on 
page 40 details further how this consideration took place for 
two principal decisions.

—
Read more on page 15

—
Read more on page 20

Differentiated Customer Proposition  
Well suited to coVid-19 environment
The average size of our buildings is circa 100 beds, and in 
83% of our rooms people can self-isolate effectively. This 
smaller size of building with self-contained studios means 
that our buildings are more aligned with a socially distanced 
world and there is much less footfall going through them 
compared to some other larger buildings. 

—
Read more on page 20

As we weather the challenges that have  
arisen as a result of COVID-19, we  
continue to trade profitably and remain  
very confident about our long-term future, 
to deliver enhanced sustainable value for 
all of our stakeholders.

–  We raised an additional £20 million 

of debt on our RCF facility with Lloyds 
Bank to ensure we had sufficient 
working capital to weather even our 
worst case scenario planning.

–  Check-ins for the new academic 
year began, students booked  
slots for paperless check ins,  
which were done so we limited 
the number of touch points.

July

September

–  Launch of Hello Student® 
Live Festival, which was  
a series of live events and 
activities ranging from  
yoga to baking tutorials.

November

August
–  We achieved significant cost 
savings, due to the high 
number of vacant rooms 
allowing our in-house staff 
to clean and turn around 
rooms for the upcoming 
academic year rather than 
using external contractors.

October
–  Due to the staggered 
return of students, 
our check-in period 
spread well into 
October.

December
–  We launched our 
student wellbeing 
helpline with our 
insurance provider. 
More information 
provided on page 36.

STRATEGIC REPORTeMpiRic student pRopeRty plc

008

AnnuAl RepoRt & Accounts 2020  

our Market

Attractive,
stable and
compelling

Growing Maturity 

Despite being considered an alternative 

investment, PBSA is cementing itself as a mature 
real estate asset class, with the potential to 
generate significant income and be resilient even in 
periods of economic downturn. As reported by 
CBRE’s 2020 Student Accommodation Index, PBSA 
was the best performing asset class in the year to 
September 2020. Looking forward, Savills’s 
five-year forecast released in January 2021 had 
PBSA as the third best performing sector. 

These strong returns are also associated with 

lower volatility, meaning the sector has produced 
risk-adjusted returns roughly three times as high as 
the mainstream market. Like all sectors, PBSA has 
been affected by the COVID-19 pandemic with 
capital values falling 0.4% in the year to September 
2020, its only fall in the past decade. However, 
PBSA saw one of the smallest declines in capital 
values when compared with other sectors and still 
saw rental growth of 1.6% in the year to September 
2020, the fifth consecutive year of outperformance 
against the mainstream market. Only Industrial saw 
higher rental growth in 2020 (at 2.0%) while both 
Office and Retail saw rental values fall (2.2% and 
8.1% respectively).

CBRE’s 2020 Index also highlighted an 

increasingly clear polarisation in the PBSA market 
with London and Super Prime Regional assets 
outperforming Prime Regional and Secondary 
assets. In the year to September 2020, assets in 
London and Super Prime Regional locations 
experienced positive capital growth, while assets in 
Secondary markets saw capital values fall 9.9%. 
This is also mirrored with rental growth where in the 
same period, Super Prime markets saw a 2.8% rise 
in net rental growth and Prime Regional saw a 1.7% 
rental growth, whereas Secondary markets saw net 
rents fall 2.3%. The Empiric portfolio is well aligned 
to the high-growth locations with 86% by value 
classified as either London, Super Prime Regional 
or Prime Regional.

increase in ucAs Applicants  
from china for 2020/21  
Academic year

24%

positive student demographics 

In UCAS’s End of Cycle Report 2020, 
positive demand statistics for the 2020 admissions 
cycle were reported. The data (see Table 1) 
indicates that 728,780 students applied to higher 
education (“HE”) providers in the UK in 2020, up 
by 22,345 students (+3.2%) on 2019. Applications 
from non-EU domiciled students rose 12.2% to 
98,660, significantly offsetting the small fall in 
applications from EU domiciled students. 

Overall student acceptances reflected 
stronger growth with 29,235 extra students 
(+5.4%) which included EU students increasing by 
1.7% and non-EU domiciled students by 7,615 
(+16.9%), highlighting the continued appeal of HE 
providers in the UK for overseas students, despite 
short-term restrictions on international mobility. 
Notably, UCAS report 24% and 35% year on year 
increases in applicants from China and India 
respectively with also significant demand from 
the USA. 

The UK’s International Education Strategy 
continues to secure the country’s position in the 
global HE sector and support graduates with a 
generous post-study work visa system. 

student demographics

Applicants

Acceptances

domicile

2019

2020

Change

UK

EU

565,480

577,260

11,780

53,085

52,865

-220

Non-EU

87,870

98,660

10,790

total

706,435

728,785

22,350

% 
Change

2.1

-0.4

12.3

3.2

2019

2020

Change

464,335

485,400

21,065

31,765

32,320

45,140

52,755

555

7,615

541,240

570,475

29,235

% 
Change

4.5

1.7

16.9

5.4

Table 1 – UCAS End of Cycle Report 2020

 
AnnuAl RepoRt & Accounts 2020  

009

Alongside positive international demand, 

Market yields – Best in class, direct let

Central London

Super Prime Regional

Prime Regional

Secondary Regional

December 2020

December 2019

Current

3.90%

4.75%

5.25%

8.00%

Trend

Stronger 

Stronger

Stable 

Weaker

Current

4.00%

5.00%

5.25%

7.75%

Trend 

Stronger

Stronger

Stronger

Weaker

increase in higher ranked  
university applications  
in 2020

+31%

Source: CBRE Student Sector Investment Yields.

attractive than ever for investors in Q1 2020. 
Following a reduced level of activity during the 
first lockdown, the market has been gathering 
pace with a further £1 billion traded since March 
2020. With the iQ transaction and the recovering 
activity in H2 2020, the year saw the highest 
transaction volume ever for UK PBSA at £6 billion.

To reflect the short-term income uncertainty 

caused by the pandemic and the long-term 
strength of the sector, rental guarantees from 
vendors for the 2020/21 academic year have been 
widely used to support transactions. These have 
facilitated the market by protecting the purchasers’ 
short-term income position. The flight to quality 
continued in 2020, with investors focusing on 
high-quality assets in markets with strong 
universities and compelling supply and demand 
characteristics, reflected by transactions in Super 
Prime and Prime Regional locations. Despite 
COVID-19, July 2020 saw KWAP acquire 700 
operational beds in Leeds and Sheffield for £89 
million. This purchase of Symons House (351 beds) 
and Crown House (335 beds) reflected £127,000 
per bed and a yield of 5.50%. In August 2020, 
GSA & Harrison Street added further stock to a 
growing portfolio with the acquisition of Print Hall 
(267 beds) and Unity Street (217 beds) in Bristol, for 
£58.2 million, reflecting £120,247 per bed and 
yield of 4.90%.

The ever maturing and polarising nature of 

the PBSA market has been reflected in yield 
compression in the best-quality segments. CBRE 
reports that between Q4 2019 and Q4 2020, 
best-in-class direct let Super Prime Regional and 
Central London yields compressed by 25 basis 
points and 10 basis points respectively, while 
Prime Regional yields stabilised and further 
softening in Secondary Regional locations was 
experienced. 

In the post-COVID-19 landscape, investors 

are expected to be drawn to sectors such as 
PBSA, which exhibit stable income returns and 
counter-cyclical behaviour. Unlike other sectors 
facing structural challenges, the long-term 
demand for HE and the undersupply of high-
quality PBSA beds will underpin investment 
demand in the coming years.

domestic demand for HE continues to grow. In the 
coming decade, growth in the full-time (FT) 
student population is forecast to be driven by a 
higher participation rate and the absolute growth 
of the 18-year-old cohort in the UK which has been 
in decline over the past five years. UCAS reports 
that the proportion of UK domiciled 18-year-olds 
accepted by UK providers increased from 34.1% in 
2019 to 37% in 2020. The research also projects 
that the population of 18-year-olds will rise from 
around 710,000 in 2020 to 850,000 in 2026. 
In 2020, demand was also boosted by 
centre assessed grades, which resulted in a 
greater number of school leavers with the required 
grades needed for acceptance into higher ranked 
universities. Higher ranked universities have 
benefited the most, with applications rising 31% 
since the cap on student numbers was lifted in 
2012. Conversely, applications to medium ranked 
providers only rose by 4% and lower ranked 
universities fell by 15% in an ongoing trend. In 
HESA’s latest data release, 384,030 people were 
reported to have enrolled on a postgraduate 
course in AY 2019/20, up 10% on the previous 
year. This rise in postgraduate student numbers  
is expected to continue, repeating previous 
counter-cyclical behaviour in periods of economic 
downturn. Following the global financial crisis,  
full-time postgraduates grew from 161,015 in  
2007 to 207,595 in 2010.

constrained supply

The long-term fundamentals of PBSA 

including the demand supply imbalance remain 
compelling particularly when focusing on 
high-quality assets in desirable locations. 
According to research combining HESA 2018/19 
data and PBSA supply for 2020/21, only 57% of 
demand for PBSA is currently being met, 65% 
including consented pipeline. In 2019, JLL 
reported that the pipeline had declined by 25% in 
the three previous years, a trend which appears to 
have been exacerbated by COVID-19 restrictions, 
which paused construction on many sites leading 
to delayed completions for the year to September 
2020. StuRents report that in Q3 2020, developers 
applied for consents for fewer than 3,000 beds, 
with 3,395 being approved, showing falls of 73% 
and 44% respectively on Q3 2019. Comparatively, 
in 2016 planning applications peaked at 50,000 
beds. This decline has been in part due to the rise 
of alternative living sectors such as PRS refocusing 
developer attention, the growing difficulty in 
gaining suitable PBSA consents in increasing 
restrictive planning environments, along with 
several Secondary markets becoming 
oversupplied. 

the Flight to Quality 

Whilst some property sectors experienced 
a virtual shutdown in transactions in 2020, largely 
due to the impacts of COVID-19 and Brexit-related 
uncertainty, PBSA remained comparatively 
resilient. The global investment appetite for UK 
PBSA was very strong at the start of 2020 with 
portfolio and M&A activity continuing to be a key 
feature of the market, following significant portfolio 
acquisitions in 2019. In Q1, the sector’s attention 
focused on Blackstone’s purchase of the iQ 
student portfolio for £4.66 billion, the largest ever 
private real estate transaction in the UK. With 
several well-funded prospective buyers willing to 
pay premium pricing for the 32,000-bed portfolio, 
this transaction affirmed that PBSA was more 

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
eMpiRic student pRopeRty plc

010

AnnuAl RepoRt & Accounts 2020  

Business Model

Our business model combines an attractive portfolio of high-quality 
student homes with an efficient and responsible in-house operational 
platform. Together, our operations and assets enable us to create value 
for all our stakeholders. This allows us to generate attractive returns for 
our shareholders and build a strong platform for long-term growth.

Key Strengths 

How We Add Value 

Buildings
We have a diverse and attractive portfolio 
of properties that offer high-quality and 
safe accommodation to our customers.

our people
Our people are key to our customer journey. 
Our passionate and committed colleagues 
allow us to deliver a high level of service to our 
customers while maintaining cost control.

specialist Knowledge
We have the knowledge to develop,  
acquire and operate high-quality, sustainable 
student accommodation assets.

Brand
The Hello Student® brand has continued  
to grow, becoming a leading brand and  
giving us a clear identity in the student 
property market.

Financing
We finance our business through a 
combination of shareholder equity and debt 
facilities. We have strong liquidity and good 
relationships with our lenders.

technology
We continue to leverage technology to 
augment business processes that drive 
efficiencies operationally, financially and 
commercially whilst also improving our user 
and customer experiences.

Our Culture
Our people and customers are our key 
focus and we are here to deliver excellent 
seamless service and financial returns 
through working together.

select locations/ 
Specifications
We are selective about where we invest, 
with a focus on the towns and cities that 
are home to the most successful 
universities and where student numbers 
are rising faster than average. We select 
sites based on their compatibility with the 
types of accommodation we provide and 
their proximity to universities and 
amenities.

Our buildings are on average around 100 
beds, which helps to foster a more homely, 
collegiate feeling to living.

develop/Buy
Developing assets allows us to acquire them 
at a greater yield on cost than buying 
standing assets. Forward-funded projects are 
typically less complex than direct 
developments and have a lower risk profile, 
as the planning, construction and time risk 
lies with the third-party developer. These 
projects also have lower staffing requirements 
and benefit from a forward-funding coupon 
charged to the developer. However, direct 
development delivers higher-yielding assets 
than forward funding. We have a strong 
proven track record in direct development. 

We also buy standing assets when a specific 
opportunity arises which complements our 
portfolio.

—

—

AnnuAl RepoRt & Accounts 2020  

011

    s e l e c t  locations/specifi c

a

ti

o

t
s
e
v
n

i

e
R

creating 
homely, 
modern 
living 
spaces

n

s

d
e
v
e
l
o
p
/B
u
y

operat e

Reinvest
We intend to hold our buildings for the long 
term. However, we may sell an asset if we 
see an opportunity to create more value 
for shareholders by reinvesting the 
proceeds. We therefore continually review 
the portfolio to ensure our capital is 
effectively allocated.

operate
Our assets are marketed through our Hello 
Student® platform. This platform gives us a 
clearly identifiable brand which helps to 
offer our customers a range of options. 
Encouraging our people to follow our 
values helps to increase ownership and 
pride in our homes. This ensures that 
customers have the best experience 
possible, helping to drive occupancy,  
rents and profit.

We have a student welfare programme  
 in place to ensure that we provide the 
support that our customers need during 
their stay with us.

Outputs for our Stakeholders

customers
Our customers benefit from having a great 
home to live in during their studies, at a rent 
that represents value for money.

customer satisfaction

7.6 out of 10

our people
Our people have the opportunity to develop 
their careers in an exciting and growing 
sector.

colleague engagement score

83%

shareholders
Shareholders benefit from Total Returns which 
are underpinned by income. The positive  
long-term returns have been impacted by 
COVID-19.

total Return for 2020

-3.6%

communities
The communities around our assets benefit 
from increased employment, reduced 
pressure on local housing stock, and from the 
improvements we fund to social infrastructure 
in the surrounding area.

Amount of Government support taken

£nil

—

—

—
Read more on page 26.

STRATEGIC REPORTeMpiRic student pRopeRty plc

012

AnnuAl RepoRt & Accounts 2020  

our strategy

Making progress against our strategic 
objectives in spite of COVID-19.

Strategic area

Strategic objective

Progress in the year

Associated KPIs

Key aims for 2021

Associated risks

1.customers
2.Brand
3.our people and  

operations

We want to achieve customer satisfaction by 
building welcoming communities in our homes and 
by giving our customers a sense of safety, wellbeing 
and belonging. 

We aim to deliver a friendly personalised service, 
and be present when our customers need us.

We want to raise awareness of the Hello Student® 
brand among students, to support our premium 
accommodation and service offering.
We want to become known as a responsible 
provider and manager of homes, not halls.

We have continued with our aim of developing a 
culture where our people are engaged and proud to 
continue to work for the business, making Empiric “a 
great place to work” and destination of choice for 
candidates wanting to work in the student 
accommodation sector.

We will aim to continually and responsibly improve 
operational efficiency through enhancing our 
in-house functions and performance coaching our 
colleagues to help them provide the best and most 
efficient customer service experience.

We will maximise the value from the asset portfolio 
by managing the portfolio, recycling capital to 
improve returns and sustainability. This will be done 
by maintaining a portfolio of attractively high-
yielding investments with rental growth. 

We want to provide our shareholders with attractive 
sustainable returns. This is achieved through 
improving profitability and growing our portfolio.

4.Buildings
5.shareholders

–  We launched a 24-hour mental health welfare 

phone line with access to qualified counsellors 
available to all students. See page 36 for detail.

–  Our customer satisfaction score was 7.6, despite all 
of the challenges we have faced through COVID-19.

–  24 hours, seven days a week, staff cover in all our 
cities as a result of our restructure. See page 29  
for detail.

–  We launched a range of measures as a result of 

COVID-19. See page 6 for detail.

–  We have launched our in-house revenue 

management platform for AY2021/22 bookings. We 
have already seen the benefits of being able to 
communicate with potential customers in a much 
more dynamic way.

–  We launched a programme of customer refunds as a 
result of COVID-19, see page 6 for detail, and we 
believe these actions helped to protect our brand 
and enhance the long-term value of the Group.

–  Increased involvement and engagement of the 
Colleague Forum to contribute to developing 
business response to handling of COVID-19 impact.

–  Colleague engagement surveys completed twice in 
2020; firstly in June with a Group engagement index 
of 83% representing +8% on the previous six months 
and then in December (73% response rate) with a 
Group engagement index of 81%, representing -2% 
compared to the summer. This shows we have 
maintained a good level of colleague engagement 
despite a challenging year and significant change 
programme delivered in Q4 2020.

–  We have completed restructuring of the operations 
team to deliver customer service and increased 
presence on sites across extended working hours, 
seven days a week. See page 29 for detail. 

–  We completed a development and a refurbishment 
delivering a combined total of 284 operational beds.

–  We gained planning permission for a redevelopment 
of one of our buildings in London, which will provide 
18 additional beds.

–  We delayed development on a number of projects 
due to capital preservation measures as a result of 
COVID-19. See page 6 for more detail.

–  We completed two extensions and one refinance 

during the year, despite the challenges of COVID-19 
to ensure that the Group’s long-term future is 
secured.

–  Various capital preservation measures were 

implemented as a result of COVID-19. See page 6 
for more detail.

–  The progress achieved in all of the above strategic 

areas contribute to shareholder returns.

B

E

B

F

B

E

C

C

C

F

A

D

A

E

A

D

A

D

A

D

–  Increase customer satisfaction score even 

further in 2021.

E1

E2

E4

–  Review other ways which we can support our 

customers’ welfare through our ESG Committee. 

In particular, building on the work we have 

already begun around mental health as well as 

safety and the environment.

E6

I1

I2

–  Reviewing the design and layout of both the 

Hello Student® and Empiric corporate website.

E1

E2

E4

–  Launch an ESG roadmap to develop and deliver 

our objectives and long-term strategy. This will 

further help us to confirm and disclose the 

actual and potential impacts of ESG-related 

risks and opportunities that are material to our 

business, strategy, and financial planning.

E6

I1

I2

–  Embed the new operations structure, optimising 

customer service delivery.

E1

E2

E4

E6

I1

I2

–  Increased focus on mandatory training, new HR 

KPI to track compliance levels and ensure 

standards are being achieved.

–  Development and delivery of social purpose 

programme under new ESG Committee. 

–  We plan to roll out a sharesave scheme to all our 

people in 2021 subject to AGM approval.

–  Review and relaunch our Company values to 

ensure they reflect the values which are lived 

and embodied by our people and align with our 

stakeholders.

B

E

C

J

–  Complete the Bristol St Mary’s development 

providing an additional 153 beds in the city.

E1

E2

E5

–  Our Head of Property is conducting a full 

portfolio review, looking at disposal, 

refurbishment and acquisition targets.

B

C

–  We will revisit and strengthen our ESG roadmap 

and reporting across the Group.

E1

E2

E3

–  Beyond COVID-19, we are positioned to return 

to full occupancy and optimise profitability 

enabling us to resume paying an attractive 

E4

E5

–  We will continue to engage closely with all 

I1

I2

I3

dividend.

shareholders.

AnnuAl RepoRt & Accounts 2020  

013

Strategic area

Strategic objective

Progress in the year

Associated KPIs

Key aims for 2021

Associated risks

3.our people and  

operations

We have continued with our aim of developing a 

culture where our people are engaged and proud to 

continue to work for the business, making Empiric “a 

great place to work” and destination of choice for 

candidates wanting to work in the student 

accommodation sector.

We will aim to continually and responsibly improve 

operational efficiency through enhancing our 

in-house functions and performance coaching our 

colleagues to help them provide the best and most 

efficient customer service experience.

1.customers

2.Brand

4.Buildings

5.shareholders

We want to achieve customer satisfaction by 

building welcoming communities in our homes and 

by giving our customers a sense of safety, wellbeing 

–  We launched a 24-hour mental health welfare 

phone line with access to qualified counsellors 

available to all students. See page 36 for detail.

and belonging. 

We aim to deliver a friendly personalised service, 

and be present when our customers need us.

We want to raise awareness of the Hello Student® 

–  We have launched our in-house revenue 

brand among students, to support our premium 

accommodation and service offering.

We want to become known as a responsible 

provider and manager of homes, not halls.

–  Our customer satisfaction score was 7.6, despite all 

of the challenges we have faced through COVID-19.

–  24 hours, seven days a week, staff cover in all our 

cities as a result of our restructure. See page 29  

for detail.

–  We launched a range of measures as a result of 

COVID-19. See page 6 for detail.

management platform for AY2021/22 bookings. We 

have already seen the benefits of being able to 

communicate with potential customers in a much 

more dynamic way.

–  We launched a programme of customer refunds as a 

result of COVID-19, see page 6 for detail, and we 

believe these actions helped to protect our brand 

and enhance the long-term value of the Group.

–  Increased involvement and engagement of the 

Colleague Forum to contribute to developing 

business response to handling of COVID-19 impact.

–  Colleague engagement surveys completed twice in 

2020; firstly in June with a Group engagement index 

of 83% representing +8% on the previous six months 

and then in December (73% response rate) with a 

Group engagement index of 81%, representing -2% 

compared to the summer. This shows we have 

maintained a good level of colleague engagement 

despite a challenging year and significant change 

programme delivered in Q4 2020.

–  We have completed restructuring of the operations 

team to deliver customer service and increased 

presence on sites across extended working hours, 

seven days a week. See page 29 for detail. 

delivering a combined total of 284 operational beds.

–  We gained planning permission for a redevelopment 

of one of our buildings in London, which will provide 

18 additional beds.

–  We delayed development on a number of projects 

due to capital preservation measures as a result of 

COVID-19. See page 6 for more detail.

secured.

–  Various capital preservation measures were 

implemented as a result of COVID-19. See page 6 

for more detail.

–  The progress achieved in all of the above strategic 

areas contribute to shareholder returns.

A

D

A

E

A

D

A

D

A

D

B

E

B

F

B

E

C

C

C

F

–  Increase customer satisfaction score even 

further in 2021.

E1

E2

E4

–  Review other ways which we can support our 

customers’ welfare through our ESG Committee. 
In particular, building on the work we have 
already begun around mental health as well as 
safety and the environment.

E6

I1

I2

–  Reviewing the design and layout of both the 

Hello Student® and Empiric corporate website.

E1

E2

E4

–  Launch an ESG roadmap to develop and deliver 
our objectives and long-term strategy. This will 
further help us to confirm and disclose the 
actual and potential impacts of ESG-related 
risks and opportunities that are material to our 
business, strategy, and financial planning.

E6

I1

I2

–  Embed the new operations structure, optimising 

customer service delivery.

E1

E2

E4

E6

I1

I2

–  Increased focus on mandatory training, new HR 

KPI to track compliance levels and ensure 
standards are being achieved.

–  Development and delivery of social purpose 
programme under new ESG Committee. 

–  We plan to roll out a sharesave scheme to all our 

people in 2021 subject to AGM approval.

–  Review and relaunch our Company values to 
ensure they reflect the values which are lived 
and embodied by our people and align with our 
stakeholders.

B

E

C

J

–  Complete the Bristol St Mary’s development 
providing an additional 153 beds in the city.

E1

E2

E5

–  Our Head of Property is conducting a full 

portfolio review, looking at disposal, 
refurbishment and acquisition targets.

E6

B

C

–  We will revisit and strengthen our ESG roadmap 

and reporting across the Group.

E1

E2

E3

–  Beyond COVID-19, we are positioned to return 
to full occupancy and optimise profitability 
enabling us to resume paying an attractive 
dividend.

–  We will continue to engage closely with all 

shareholders.

E4

E5

E6

I1

I2

I3

We will maximise the value from the asset portfolio 

–  We completed a development and a refurbishment 

by managing the portfolio, recycling capital to 

improve returns and sustainability. This will be done 

by maintaining a portfolio of attractively high-

yielding investments with rental growth. 

We want to provide our shareholders with attractive 

–  We completed two extensions and one refinance 

sustainable returns. This is achieved through 

improving profitability and growing our portfolio.

during the year, despite the challenges of COVID-19 

to ensure that the Group’s long-term future is 

KPI Links

A.  Rebooker Rate

B.  Customer Happiness

C.  Revenue Occupancy

D.  Safety – Number of Accidents

E.  Colleague Engagement

F.  Gross Margin

G.  Adjusted Earnings per Share

H.  Dividend Cover

I.  Net Asset Value per Share

J.  Total Return

Risks Links 

External Risks

E1. Student Demand Risk 

E2. Competition Risk 

E3. Property Market Risk 

E4. Regulatory Risk 

E5. Funding Risk 

E6. Revenue Risk

Internal Risks

I1. Health and Safety Risk

I2. Cyber Security Risk 

I3. People Risk

STRATEGIC REPORTeMpiRic student pRopeRty plc

014

AnnuAl RepoRt & Accounts 2020  

Chief Executive Officer’s Review

ensuring our 
customers’ 
safety

We have continued to progress with  
our strategy through investment  
in our people, customers and assets.

duncAn GARRood 
Chief Executive Officer
16 March 2021

AnnuAl RepoRt & Accounts 2020  

015

We recognise that these are 
particularly challenging times  
for all students, and we remain 
committed to supporting and 
doing the right thing by each 
student on a case-by-case basis, 
whilst also protecting the long-
term value of the Group.

2 020 has brought significant challenges to 

the business, but the Group has remained 
resilient and is well placed to benefit from 

opportunities when the market recovers.

Our top priority has been the safety and 

wellbeing of our colleagues, customers, 
communities and stakeholders, and we have 
devoted significant resources to ensure this is the 
case. On pages 6 to 7 you will find details of our 
response to COVID-19. 

Despite these challenges, we have 

progressed our strategy through investment in our 
people, customers and assets.

supporting our customers
In December 2020, we launched a Student 
Assistance Programme in partnership with 
Endsleigh and Health Assured. This scheme 
provides a suite of wellbeing services for our 
customers, offering them support to deal with 
physical and mental health issues or financial 
difficulties. The provision of this scheme has also 
supported some universities that have faced 
challenges in providing sufficient wellbeing 
support to their students throughout 2020 and this 
will not just be in place during COVID-19 times but 
a permanent enhancement of our student 
wellbeing support. 

developing our people

In January 2020, we appointed a Training & 

Development Manager to design and deliver 
programmes to our people for their personal and 
professional growth. 

We overhauled our e-learning platform and 
provided support for new learning opportunities to 
various roles within the business. This change in 
emphasis from classroom to online webinar 
delivery has been efficient, and we have 
continued to focus on key sessions such as sales 
and customer services to increase the knowledge 
and skills of our operational teams. 

Our aims in 2021 include an increased focus 
on mandatory training with a new measure to track 
compliance levels and ensure high standards are 
being achieved. For example, we will deliver our 
plans to enhance the variety of skills of colleagues 
within our maintenance teams. This will allow for 
cost efficiencies as a broader range of repairs and 
maintenance works can be conducted in-house, 
and will also develop the network of our regional 
teams so they are able to support each other 
across the country. 

We will also be optimising the new 
management structure across our operational 
teams so that local training support and coaching 
is integrated into our ways of working and culture. 

During 2020, we recognised the 

contribution that our front-line operational teams 
have made to our customers and the business. 
From 1 January 2021, we will increase pay to align 
with the Real Living Wage for 2021 as our 
minimum, and we are committed to pay a fair wage 
for all core roles. We have recently gained 
accreditation from the Real Living Wage 
Foundation and have undertaken to uphold those 
standards for years to come.

In May, we undertook the Group’s third 

colleague engagement survey which achieved a 
response rate of 72% and an overall colleague 
engagement score of 83% against the UK 
all-sector average of 68% and previous year’s 
result of 69%. These results were delivered 
despite the current pandemic and help to give us 
a better understanding of what matters to our 
people and to ensure we deliver improvements.

Towards the end of 2020, we conducted a 

shorter ‘pulse’ colleague engagement survey 
which had a 73% response rate and 81% overall 
colleague engagement score. The Senior 
Leadership Team have worked with the Colleague 
Forum to devise an action plan in response to their 
feedback. 

We have taken a number of actions as a 
result of the feedback we received from these 
surveys, for example launching the Student 
Assistance programme detailed above, pledging 
to review our values in 2021 and launching 
monthly townhalls to bring all of our people 
together.

developments delivered in 2020
Site 

140/142 New Walk, Leicester 
Emily Davies, Southampton 

Future development pipeline
Site 

St Marys, Bristol 
Southbridge, Edinburgh
FISC, Canterbury 

Development basis 

Forward funded 
Major refurbishment/development 

Development basis 

Forward funded 
Major refurbishment/development
Major refurbishment/development 

Beds 

52 
232 

Beds 

153
61
134 

Completed

June 2020
December 2020

Delivery year

2021
TBC
TBC

STRATEGIC REPORTeMpiRic student pRopeRty plc

016

AnnuAl RepoRt & Accounts 2020  

Chief Executive Officer’s Review continued

For the first time this year,  
our electricity portfolio is run  
off 100% renewable energy.

Results of our 2020 check-
out survey:

on-site Management 

cleanliness of our Buildings

security of our Buildings

living spaces in our Buildings

Quality of our Broadband

overall Rating

As part of an increasing focus on our ESG 
agenda, we have established an ESG Committee 
at Board level which will work with the Senior 
Leadership Team to define the strategy, identify 
key topics, and implement initiatives and policies. 
We will be publishing the Terms of Reference for 
the ESG Committee on our website shortly.

.

our environmental duty 

We continue to invest in our online and 

social media marketing platforms to reach both 
domestic and international customers efficiently. 
We have also used direct customer feedback and 
experiences to provide a more personal touch to 
our marketing strategies. The opportunity our new 
booking platform brings us, plus a refreshment of 
our website, will lead to a new digital experience 
for prospective customers.

As part of our ESG responsibility, we have 

Our aim is to build further on the strength of 

our brand within our properties and ensure the 
Hello Student® name becomes more prominent 
within the student accommodation sector. 

our portfolio

As at 31 December 2020, we owned or were 

committed to owning 95 assets, representing 
9,396 beds (31 December 2019: 95 assets, 9,401 
beds). Of these, 91 were revenue-generating 
assets, with 8,887 beds (31 December 2019: 92 
assets, with 8,830 beds). 

launched a Sustainability working group which will 
work with the Board and Senior Leadership Team 
on projects that improve the sustainability of our 
operational business and ways in which we can be 
more environmentally supportive.

For the first time this year, our electricity 
portfolio is run off 100% renewable energy. This 
means the electricity we use is generated in 
renewable ways ranging from solar and wind 
turbines to biomass plants.

Our team is also working with our third-

party energy provider, Amber Energy, to identify 
assets where energy usage is currently higher 
than our target and methods by which we can 
reduce this. See page 39 for more information. 

our Brand

The Hello Student® brand has continued to 
evolve throughout 2020 as a result of a variety of 
activities, including the goodwill generated 
through our support for both our customers and 
universities during COVID-19. 

Hello Student® has strong brand awareness 
and a positive reputation, but we have work to do 
in making it more prominent and visible and to 
reflect more closely the priorities of our wider 
stakeholders. Through our portfolio management 
programme, we will make the brand execution 
tighter, more consistent, and powered by 
researched customer insight. A programme of 
refining the Hello Student® brand proposition in 
depth, and particularly in specifying our service 
model, is underway and will help us to grow Hello 
Student® to a leadership position in our sector. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AnnuAl RepoRt & Accounts 2020  

017

Safety remains our top  
priority as a business.

Valuation Bridge Movement

We have undertaken a strategic review of 

our portfolio, with the aim of rationalising it to 
maximise the expertise, positive reputation, and 
commercial power of the Hello Student® brand. 
We plan to dispose of non-core assets, and this 
gives us an opportunity for capital recycling, which 
we will undertake whilst focusing on the best 
interests of shareholders. This includes 
consideration of investment in refurbishments or 
reconfigurations, as we aim to bring the portfolio 
to a consistently high standard.

portfolio safety

Safety remains our top priority as a business 

and to that end we ensure that our buildings 
comply with not only all relevant regulations but 
also with best practice within the industry. We are 
in the process of updating our fire risk and 
mitigation strategies throughout our estate, and 
where that is appropriate it includes undertaking 
detailed External Wall Surveys. Such surveys will 
ensure any residual cladding or firebreak risks are 
clearly identified and are being undertaken by 
highly-experienced professional teams and where 
necessary qualified fire experts. Should remedial 
actions be identified as necessary, these will be 
addressed.

independent Valuation

Each property in our portfolio has been 
independently valued by CBRE, in accordance 
with the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors 
(“RICS”) Valuation – Professional Standards 
January 2014 (the “Red Book”). At 31 December 
2020, the portfolio was valued at £1,005 million, a 
decrease of 2% from prior year (31 December 
2019: £1,029 million). See valuation bridge to the 
right. Page 30 details the breakdown of the fair 
value movement in the year.

Average valuation yield 
(before coVid-19 
deductions)

5.61%

(31 December 2019: 5.55%)

number of beds added 
through completion of 
developments

284

Across two development projects

Valuation Bridge Movement

£000’s
1050

1045

1040

1035

1030

1025

1020

1015

1010

1005

1000

developments and Redevelopments

On 30 June 2020, we completed a 

forward-funded, 52-bed development in Leicester. 
In December we then completed the major 
refurbishment works of Emily Davies in 
Southampton, adding 232 beds. We also 
recommenced the direct development of St Mary’s 
in Bristol which is expected to be completed in 
time to operate for the 2021/22 academic year. 

Due to COVID-19 we have paused two 
projects, a development in Canterbury called 
Franciscans and a refurbishment in Edinburgh, 
called Southbridge. We are reviewing whether to 
proceed with these projects on a monthly basis, 
clearly predicated by our prudent approach to cash 
management during the pandemic.

In December 2020 we secured planning 

permission for the redevelopment of Francis 
Gardner Apartments in London. The new seven-
storey development will provide 18 new bedrooms 
with a mix of two, three and four-bed flats with 
shared kitchens and living facilities. 

December
2019
Valuation

Operational
Capital

Development
Capital

Development
Valuation

COVID
2020/21
Shortfall

Operational
Value
Change

Commercial
Value
Change

December
2020
Valuation

Increase

Decrease

Total

STRATEGIC REPORT 
eMpiRic student pRopeRty plc

018

AnnuAl RepoRt & Accounts 2020  

strategy in Action
customers

prioritising 
safety and 
welfare

We are committed to 
supporting and doing the 
right thing by each student 
on a case-by-case basis, 
whilst also protecting the 
long-term value of the 
Group 
We have strived to ensure that all of  
our customers have felt safe during 
these difficult times. We have detailed 
our key COVID-19 responses on page 6. 
These were focused on ensuring our 
customers were safe and their welfare 
was monitored. Our smaller, more 
flexible buildings have adapted well  
to many of the challenges posed by  
the pandemic. 

55% 

during May and June 2020 our 
buildings remained at a level  
of around 55% occupancy.

AnnuAl RepoRt & Accounts 2020  

019

strategy in Action
people and  
operations

Agile,  
effective 
and  
responsive

Insourcing �������������������  
programme progress 
We have found significant benefits  
from the insourcing programme 
completed to date, including having 
 the organisational agility to respond 
quickly and effectively to the impact  
of COVID-19. We have found that our 
people acted amazingly well and  
were incredibly responsive to the 
challenges that we faced. 

We have also restructured our 
operational staffing model, more  
details on page 29. This will help to 
ensure that we remain agile and 
effective and even more resilient.

£1.5mBack office revenue management

system will deliver cost saving
of £1.5 million per year from Q4 2021.

STRATEGIC REPORTeMpiRic student pRopeRty plc

020

AnnuAl RepoRt & Accounts 2020  

our priorities and outlook

We provide fully serviced modern 
student homes, not halls, that  
are safe and convenient, within  
a friendly and supportive 
community environment. 

I n order to responsibly drive growth, enhance 

value and compete successfully, it is essential 
that we have clarity on what Empiric and our 

Hello Student® brand encompasses. It is this 
proposition that sets us apart from competitors, 
both in the sophisticated PBSA sector but also in 
the fragmented HMO market.

The graphic on the inside front cover of this 

report shows our Purpose, Mission, Culture and 
Responsibility, all of which inform our core 
customer proposition:

segment A comprises properties we 
regard as core Hello Student® sites. They are in 
good condition, properly configured and produce 
our best results. Apart from a continuous 
programme of ensuring they remain in great 
condition and we drive their performance to 
deliver enhanced value, there are no further 
significant actions to take with the existing sites. 
This segment will be targeted for growth through 
either acquisitions or developments.

These elements, plus a refreshment of the 

segment B are sites which fundamentally 

values that we all espouse, will be the basis of our 
objectives and focus over the coming years. It is 
important we do not stray from our proposition 
and that we execute the mission with energy and 
tenacity.

In the short to medium term, we have five 

Property portfolio management
Brand proposition including our ESG 

strategic priorities:
– 
– 
approach
– 
use of data)
– 
– 

Customer service
Developing our people

Revenue generation (sales, marketing and 

property portfolio Management

We have completed a thorough review of 
our portfolio, through market analysis, customer 
and universities feedback, historic performance 
and by analysing each market the properties are 
situated in. As a result, we have categorised our 
portfolio into four segments, each with a separate 
objective. 

meet the Hello Student® criteria, but need 
investment in refurbishment or modest 
reconfiguration, to upgrade them to core Hello 
Student® brand standards, and thus command an 
improved rental yield. We will invest in these sites, 
assuming the IRRs are attractive which will be 
determined on a site-by-site basis, and the 
objective is to eliminate this segment and have all 
core Hello Student® sites at a consistent high 
standard.

segment c comprises sites which are not 

core Hello Student® sites for various reasons, but 
have good commercial characteristics. This 
segment might also offer interesting opportunities 
for different ownership models which we will 
explore further. They can be divided into two 
subcategories. 

The first sub-category are locations, ideally 
suited to first year UK students (who are not core 
Hello Student® customers). However, if we can 
secure nomination agreements for these sites, 
they represent attractive commercial 
propositions. Should this not be possible to do so 
in a reasonable period of time, they could be 
disposal targets.

AnnuAl RepoRt & Accounts 2020  

021

The second sub-category are sites that do 

Dynamic pricing will give us a formalised 

not fit our core Hello Student® criteria, but are 
ideal for mature graduates or postgraduates  
who often look for accommodation in quieter 
locations, or in city centres, or perhaps something 
more suitable for couples. These could form a 
sub-brand of Hello Student® aimed at more 
mature students, enabling us to retain, and 
“upgrade” existing customers as they continue 
their further studies, allowing us to benefit from 
building loyalty through their Hello Student® 
experiences.

segment d are properties that represent 
approximately 10% of the value of our portfolio, 
which for various reasons no longer remain core. 
We aim to dispose of these over the next two 
years, given appropriate market conditions.

Proceeds from disposal will be deployed in 

the best interests of shareholders, and a variety 
of opportunities will be evaluated. This will 
include reinvestment in new developments, 
refurbishments or acquisitions to grow our 
Segment A, core Hello Student®, portfolio, 
especially on a cluster density increase basis.  

Brand proposition including our sustainability 
and social Approach

It is critical that we enshrine data-driven 
customer insight into our property and service 
offerings, and into our designs and development. 
It should also drive innovation and our marketing 
and communications strategies. We are currently 
undertaking qualitative and quantitative customer 
research which will inform our plans, especially on 
executing the customer journey where we need a 
much deeper understanding.

Our Hello Student® brand has good 

awareness and reputation, but needs its 
proposition more tightly defined. Its execution in 
the various media we use to communicate will be 
revisited to ensure we have the right reach in the 
right channels. 

We will introduce an improved CRM system, 

which is especially important in our ability to 
communicate directly with our international 
students and to further build loyalty and grow the 
number of rebookers. 

We will revisit our whole digital and social 
media approach, looking at which channels we 
should focus upon (for example WeChat in China) 
which will be informed through our research. We 
have work to do in evolving our website from its 
functional role into one that better features 
student experiences.

time-bound process to maximise our revenues on 
sites that are in high demand, and similarly to 
maximise occupancy in those slower to fill. Our 
premium positioning and improvements in quality 
and customer service will enable us to command 
better rents, so it is essential we have the best 
possible direct control of room categorisation and 
price setting, informed by real-time competitor 
data and intelligence.

customer service

Since foundation, the Company has been 

on a service journey. Until the last couple of 
years, it was fully outsourced with relatively little 
direct control over its nature, quality or 
consistency. Operations were fully brought 
in-house two years ago, and since then we have 
been building the people management expertise, 
and now it is time to build further upon that.

We have recently changed our working 
patterns and introduced 24-hour service and 
timely and effective service delivery at each site, 
which improves safety and security. Our reception 
desks are manned when our customers most 
need to talk to us, not just 9-5. We have our own 
maintenance team, shared between clusters of 
sites, so that we can quickly and cost effectively 
complete repairs.

Personalised service is an integral part of 

creating homes and growing our reputation 
through continually developed service will play a 
key part in growing rental yields. Service 
requirements and standards are set through 
customer insight and require measures that 
consistently deliver our high standards. A simple 
example – we must know every resident’s needs 
– something that is crucial to delivering a homely 
experience. 

We also understand that knowing our 

residents’ families, especially their parents, is a 
key part of reassurance that makes the Hello 
Student® experience different from those in halls 
of residence or HMOs.

Our objective is to build our reputation, 

through recommendations and word of mouth, as 
for international markets this is often the most 
powerful way to grow awareness and recruit new 
customers. An example of that is in Cardiff where 
three years ago a sole Malaysian student resided 
and had a great experience; the following year we 
had ten Malaysian customers and last year this 
doubled. Similarly, in providing a great experience 
to Indian residents in Exeter, we have grown their 
numbers from one to 43 in three years. 

Our customers mostly belong to the late 

Every year, about 20% of our residents 

Millennial or early Generation Z demographic 
groupings, and as such it is highly important for 
them to choose service providers who act in a 
sustainable and responsible way. We have covered 
this key area in other sections of this Annual Report 
and therefore will avoid repetition here. Suffice to 
say it is driven by a commercial imperative to 
inspire colleagues, customers and investors.

Revenue Generation (sales, Marketing and use 
of data)

Our operating platform gives us a complete 
in-house solution to managing our own revenues. 
To that end, whilst we now have the technical 
systems in place, we need to revisit our revenue 
management processes, accountabilities and 
systemise our dynamic pricing approach. This is 
one of the great advantages of having our own 
operating system.

have stayed with us the previous year. However, 
we do not capture all those that could choose to 
rebook, and therefore improving our service and 
customer satisfaction is vital – a key KPI for us will 
be the percentage of rebookers, as there is little 
cost of acquisition and all the benefits of loyalty 
which we will measure through Net Promoter 
Scores. Until we had our own operating platform, 
we did not have the customer data to show how 
many students were eligible for rebooking, but 
now we do. Reducing the cost of customer 
acquisition through building reputation will be  
a key objective.

STRATEGIC REPORTeMpiRic student pRopeRty plc

022

AnnuAl RepoRt & Accounts 2020  

our priorities and outlook continued

We provide high-quality modern 
homes, not halls, that are 
personal, safe and convenient, 
within a friendly, supportive 
community environment.

developing our people

our outlook

Key to delivering our strategies is having 

As we stated in our mission, our plans are 

focused on delivering ever improving and 
sustainable shareholder returns. Whilst the 
pandemic will impact both 2020 and 2021, our 
underlying business outlook is positive. 

In particular we would highlight our 

Customer demand is set to grow for each of 

following expectations:
– 
the coming three years, and beyond.
– 
Our Hello Student® brand proposition, 
especially in a COVID-19 affected world, gives us 
competitive advantages, and we will strengthen its 
impact and reach.
– 
The development of our operating platform 
is enabling us to build revenue, improve costs and 
attract new customers more effectively.
– 
Capital recycling through active portfolio 
management will improve our returns and bring 
greater brand consistency, and generate funds for 
refurbishment, developments or returning to 
shareholders.
– 
we are able to do so.

Our dividend will be reinstated as soon as 

the appropriate leadership team in place. As well 
as a new CEO there are two further additions to 
the Senior Leadership Team – Will Atkinson 
joined as Head of Property in September, and we 
are in the process of recruiting a Sales and 
Marketing Director. This will provide us with 
sufficient breadth, capability and experience to 
deliver our strategy. We are also working to 
complete the organisational effectiveness with 
the wider team, to strengthen our capabilities and 
improve delivery.

To provide a higher quality, consistent 24/7 
personalised service, we need the right calibre of 
people, appropriately rewarded, who are trained 
and developed. That process is underway and we 
have already made changes to our site 
management structure and invested in quality 
colleagues to reduce turnover and increase our 
service engagement. To deliver a personalised 
homely service we need our front-line colleagues 
to be in their positions for a long time to develop 
those critical customer relationships, so 
measuring turnover and retention will be key.

To that end, we have recently been 
accredited by the Real Living Wage foundation, 
and we will maintain pay rates at their mandated 
levels as a minimum. We very much embrace 
inclusiveness and celebrate diversity, and we will 
continue to build this onto our good foundations.
We will put more focus and resources into 

developing our people, with an aim of significantly 
raising the proportion of internal promotions 
versus external recruitment, not only being the 
right thing to do but cost effective too.

AnnuAl RepoRt & Accounts 2020  

023

strategy in Action
Buildings

Growing 
portfolio 

Leicester �������������������� 
development
In June 2020 we completed the 
140-142 New Walk development in 
Leicester. The development adds  
52 beds to our offering in the city.

All of the beds are studios, meaning 
they are well suited for the current 
pandemic environment and the 
development also offers a gym and 
reading/study room.

The close proximity to our other 
Leicester properties means that we  
are able to gain economies of scale 
through staffing structures and  
shared resources.

Leicester scheme completed in 
time for 2020/21 academic year 
in spite of COVID-19. 

5252 studio apartments.

STRATEGIC REPORTeMpiRic student pRopeRty plc

024

AnnuAl RepoRt & Accounts 2020  

Chief Executive Officer’s

Q&A

Empiric has a really high-quality, 
motivated team that positions us well  
to provide safe, friendly homes for our 
student customers and deliver sustainable 
value to all our stakeholders.

duncAn GARRood 
Chief Executive Officer
16 March 2021

AnnuAl RepoRt & Accounts 2020  

025

My key reason for joining 
Empiric was the breadth of 
opportunities, and since joining 
I have only seen those grow.  
We have unique assets serving  
a growing market place, and  
are on a journey to manage  
them through a wholly  
in-house operating platform.  
I see many ways to build value  
for shareholders and whilst  
the pandemic is disruptive,  
we will still deliver these.

Q
What are your first Impressions of Empiric? 
A I joined Empiric in the midst of the 
restrictions that the pandemic had brought, and 
during my visits to our sites in those early days I 
was struck by the care, consideration and 
immense dedication of our teams. People working 
under significant challenges went the extra mile to 
ensure students had safe, clean and hygienic 
places to live, with strong communications and 
support ensuring they felt at home and secure.

Our support team continued to deliver the 

full suite of services that our customers expected, 
even under challenging remote working 
circumstances, and also delivered major 
infrastructure projects such as our new revenue 
platform on time and with great quality.

In a nutshell, Empiric has a really high-

quality, motivated team that positions us well to 
responsibly provide safe, friendly homes for our 
student customers.
Q
What are your immediate priorities?

A We have a great brand in Hello Student®, 
but we need to have a more high-quality, focused 
and consistent offer. Our portfolio has undergone 
a full review so we can determine the future of 
each and every asset. The next steps are to put 
that plan into action, which will include disposing 
of those properties that no longer fit our brand 
focus, investing in others that need to be 
refreshed or reconfigured and ensuring our core 
assets are in top condition.

As a service business we will increase our 

investment in people, bringing more training, 
development and communications so that we get 
better at listening to our customers’ needs and 
delivering what they expect.

We have all the elements of a powerful 
operating platform, and our job now is to knit all of 
those together into a seamless system which 
recruits new customers at the front end and 
delivers outstanding experiences and great rental 
yields at the other. To do that, we will continue to 
develop our digital infrastructure, invest in 
feedback systems, improve our revenue 
management expertise and refresh our brand.
Q
How will coVid-19 change the business going 
forward?

A Universities have accelerated blended 

learning and in particular there is a greater 
emphasis on digital education. As such, students 
will spend more time within their accommodation, 
and have a much higher expectation of the quality 
of basic services (e.g. fast and reliable internet, 
hygiene, responsive maintenance, personal safety, 
etc). These standards will stay and grow, and the 
winners in our market will be those that deliver a 
consistently great experience coupled with the 
added value of making the accommodation feel 
like home.

For us therefore, we have to raise and keep 

our delivery high, stay nimble for changes in 
requirements and circumstances, and offer more 
support and value to our customers. The market is 
only getting more competitive.
Q 
What are Empiric’s core strengths?

A The greatest strength lies within our 
people – a desire and drive to improve and keep 
on improving! Relentless dissatisfaction with 
keeping things as they are today, and on 
delivering a better return for our shareholders 
through a better proposition for our customers. 
These aren’t just words, but I see this in my daily 
interactions with our people.

Our expertise in developing great assets is 

now matched with our in-house delivery of 
service. Once we were good at managing 
outsourced service providers for everything we 
did. Today, we have most of that core capability 
in-house, but balance that with specialist external 
expertise – that is the right commercial position for 
a business of our scale.

We have a desire for growth, but these days 

recognise that growth comes from two sources – 
managing our existing business better, with better 
yields, and also by developing or acquiring new 
assets. Getting the right balance of those is key to 
delivering the best returns, which is our focus.
Q
What focus does empiric have on the esG 
agenda?

A ESG for some businesses can be a 
compliance exercise, but for Empiric it is very 
much part of focusing upon things that our 
customers expect. Students today make choices 
based on the sustainability, environmental 
stewardship and social/community attitude of 
businesses they choose to engage with. So for us, 
it is critical that we not only make the right choices 
as a business but we are seen to do so to retain 
and grow our customer base. To that end, we have 
increased our resources, focus and expectations 
around ESG and this will be a growing agenda 
within our business.

STRATEGIC REPORTEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

026

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

Key performance indicators

monitoring our 
performance

non-Financial Kpis

Financial Kpis

A
rebooker rate (%)

23%

2020

2019

B
customer Happiness (out of 10)

7.6

2020

2019

0.0

23%

21%

7.6

7.8

7.8

The rebooker rate demonstrates our ability to retain 
customers within the Hello Student® brand, which is an 
indicator of the quality of service we provide.

Student satisfaction reflects the quality of service  
we provide and the attractiveness of our buildings.

The gross margin reflects our ability to drive 

Adjusted earnings per share is the earnings measure 

occupancy and to rigorously control our operating

that best demonstrates our ability to reward

shareholders through dividends.

Performance

Purpose

Strategic Link

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

Strategic Link

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

Performance

Purpose

C
revenue occupancy (%)

65%

2020/21

As at the end of February 2021

65%

2019/20

As at the end of February 2020  

93.9%

D
Safety – number of Accidents

0

2020

2019

0.0

93.9

0

0

3

3

Occupancy is a key driver of our revenue and 
demonstrates the quality and location of our assets, the 
strength of our sales process and our ability to set 
appropriate rents.

The number of reportable accidents throughout the 
Group each year. This is a key reporting metric to the 
Health & Safety Executive as well as a measure of our 
health and safety strategy and procedures.

Strategic Link

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

Strategic Link

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

Note – As facilities management was only insourced from April 2019 the 
above comparative was only for a nine-month period.

E
colleague Engagement

83%

2020

2019

0

83%

75.0%

83

Colleague engagement scores provide an insight into 
the happiness of our people across a range of topics 
regarding their working environment.

Performance

Purpose

Strategic Link

1 2 3 4 5

Strategic Link

1 2 3 4 5

Performance

Purpose

Performance

Purpose

Performance

Purpose

Gross margin (%)

61.9%

2020

2019

0.0

costs.

Adjusted Earnings per Share (p)

2.30p

61.9%

67.1%

2020

2019

67.1

0.00

2.30

4.43

4.43

dividend cover (%)

183.8%

2020

2019

0.0

88.5%

net Asset Value per Share (p)

105.00

183.8%

2020

2019

183.8

0.00

105.00

110.21

110.21

Dividend cover shows our ability to pay dividends 

Movement in the NAV per share reflects the quality 

out of current year earnings. – Note in the current year 

of our assets and our ability to generate revenue 

dividends were suspended. See page 31 for detail.

from them.

total return (%)

(3.6)%

2020

2019

(3.6)%

0.0

The Total Return shows the aggregate value 

(lost)/gained for shareholders, through both capital

(decline)/growth of NAV and dividends.

8.6%

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

027

Our key performance indicators (“KPIs”) are central to how we run 
our business and allow us to drive the performance of the business 
for our shareholders. Due to the impact of COVID-19 during the 
year, a number of our usual KPIs are showing anomalous figures 
during this reporting period. We expect this impact to carry  
forward into our 2021 KPI reporting. Our KPIs are defined  
in the Definitions on page 106.

non-Financial Kpis

Financial Kpis

rebooker rate (%)

23%

2020

2019

customer Happiness (out of 10)

7.6

2020

2019

0.0

23%

21%

The rebooker rate demonstrates our ability to retain 

Student satisfaction reflects the quality of service 

customers within the Hello Student® brand, which is an 

we provide and the attractiveness of our buildings.

indicator of the quality of service we provide.

F
Gross margin (%)

61.9%

2020

2019

0.0

G
Adjusted Earnings per Share (p)

2.30p

61.9%

67.1%

2020

2019

67.1

0.00

2.30

4.43

4.43

The gross margin reflects our ability to drive 
occupancy and to rigorously control our operating 
costs.

Adjusted earnings per share is the earnings measure 
that best demonstrates our ability to reward 
shareholders through dividends.

Performance

Purpose

revenue occupancy (%)

Safety – number of Accidents

0

2020

2019

2020/21

As at the end of February 2021

65%

2019/20

As at the end of February 2020  

93.9%

0.0

93.9

0

Occupancy is a key driver of our revenue and

The number of reportable accidents throughout the

demonstrates the quality and location of our assets, the

Group each year. This is a key reporting metric to the 

strength of our sales process and our ability to set

Health & Safety Executive as well as a measure of our 

Performance

Purpose

Performance

Purpose

Performance

Purpose

Strategic Link

Performance

Purpose

7.6

7.8

7.8

0

3

3

health and safety strategy and procedures.

1 2 3 4 5

Note – As facilities management was only insourced from April 2019 the 

above comparative was only for a nine-month period.

65%

appropriate rents.

1 2 3 4 5

colleague Engagement

83%

2020

2019

0

83%

75.0%

83

Colleague engagement scores provide an insight into

the happiness of our people across a range of topics 

regarding their working environment.

Strategic Link

1 2 3 4 5

Strategic Link

1 2 3 4 5

Strategic Link

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

J

total return (%)

(3.6)%

2020

2019

(3.6)%

0.0

8.6%

The Total Return shows the aggregate value  
(lost)/gained for shareholders, through both capital 
(decline)/growth of NAV and dividends.

Performance

Purpose

Strategic Links

1. Customers

2. Brand

3.  People and Operations

4. Buildings

5. Shareholders

Definitions

For definitions see page 12.

H
dividend cover (%)

183.8%

2020

2019

0.0

88.5%

1 2 3 4 5

I

net Asset Value per Share (p)

105.00

183.8%

2020

2019

183.8

0.00

105.00

110.21

110.21

Dividend cover shows our ability to pay dividends  
out of current year earnings. – Note in the current year 
dividends were suspended. See page 31 for detail.

Movement in the NAV per share reflects the quality 
of our assets and our ability to generate revenue  
from them.

Strategic Link

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

Strategic Link

1 2 3 4 5

STRATEGIC REPORTEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

028

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

cFo and coo Statement

driving 
efficiencies

Cost saving of £1.5 million annually  
from Q4, with the first full year of  
savings in 2022 – this significant cost 
saving is because we will no longer rely  
on an external third-party revenue 
management platform provider. 

lynnE FEnnAH 
Chief Financial and Operating Officer
16 March 2021

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

029

Despite the impact of 
COVID-19 our operational 
performance has been robust, 
and the measures we have taken 
in response to the pandemic are 
detailed on page 6. We have 
continued to focus on revenue 
generation, reducing costs and 
increasing efficiency, as we 
complete and embed the changes 
made as part of the operational 
transformation and insourcing 
programme. In this respect we 
completed two key projects 
during the year, the first being a 
comprehensive review of the 
operational team structure and 
the second was the successful 
go-live of the revenue 
management system.

operations team restructure

As part of the operational transformation 
programme, we have directly employed all staff 
working in our buildings since 2019, as we brought 
all activities in-house from several third-party 
managers. The organisational structure we 
inherited was inefficient and not aligned to optimal 
customer service delivery. 

Investment in more sales and customer 

Increasing the “out of hours” presence in 

We therefore conducted a review during the 
year and moved to a more optimal structure, which 
has the following key benefits:
– 
service roles. 
– 
our buildings, resulting in 24-hours/7 days a week 
coverage in our cities. This helps to make our 
buildings safer and allows us to provide a better 
welfare service to our students.
– 
team (a centralised hub). This has made the 
support we provide to our site teams more 
efficient and has removed several administrative 
tasks from the site teams allowing them to focus 
on customer service.
– 
neutral, but facilitate improved customer service 
delivery overall.

Centralising tasks to the customer relations 

The above changes to the structure are cost 

The proposed restructure was sponsored 
by the Senior Leadership Team and presented to 
the Board for approval. See page 41 for the 
Board’s considerations and rationale behind its 
approval of this restructure as part of our s.172 
statement.

As the restructure impacted more than 20 

of our people, we had a statutory legal duty to 
consult collectively, and this consultation was 
conducted through our Colleague Forum.

revenue management System

In November 2020 we successfully 
launched our new revenue management system 
and have started to take bookings for the 
academic year 2021/22. This system has been in 
development for three years and I would like to 
thank the entire team involved for the successful 
delivery of this platform, which is a key milestone 
for the Group. 

The revenue management platform will form 

Improving the journey, communication and 

More timely pricing adjustments – we have 

the basis of our ability to generate revenue 
efficiently and effectively end to end moving 
forward. The immediate benefits that this new 
system delivers are:
– 
already seen the benefit of being able to make 
more timely pricing adjustments, which facilitates 
maximising revenue streams. 
– 
interaction with the customer – we now have 
much greater access to and ability to communicate 
with our customers. We are now able to monitor in 
real time the progress of each customer as they 
move through the booking journey and to provide 
timely support as required.
– 
on one platform – this has significantly reduced 
inefficiency and cost.
– 
finance system are one integrated platform –  
this has removed the need to transfer financial 
transaction data between systems. The result is 
real-time financial information and reduced cost.
– 
Cost saving of £1.5 million annually from 
Q4, with the first full year of savings in 2022 – 
there is a significant cost saving as we will no 
longer rely on an external third-party revenue 
management platform provider.

Ease of use by our people, as all activity is 

Revenue management platform and 

Health and Safety 

Health and safety is of paramount 
importance to the Group. We have a legal and 
moral responsibility to ensure that everyone  
who is living, working in or visiting our buildings  
is kept safe. 

Our buildings are inspected on a regular 
basis by the site staff to ensure that we identify 
and eliminate hazards. To assess the buildings for 
significant issues on an ongoing basis, we engage 
with specialist consultants to undertake thorough 
assessments of general safety/hazards, fire risks/
prevention and water systems/treatment against 
legionella.

During 2020 we had planned to launch 
formal health and safety training by the Institute of 
Occupational Safety and Health (“IOSH”), and this 
was booked for H1 2020 but was cancelled due to 
the COVID-19 pandemic. However, through 
discussions with IOSH, we have established an 
IOSH-approved online training programme, with 
the first course delivered in December 2020 and 
to continue throughout 2021

We have also prepared a series of Toolbox 
Talks which are in document and video format for 
2021 launch, and this will enable all site teams to 
have continual access to informal training.

We have also designed and agreed upon 

the format of a Health & Safety Forum to be 
implemented during 2021. This will include 
representatives from site teams throughout the 
country, as well as members of the Senior 
Leadership Team and the Board.

STRATEGIC REPORTEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

030

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

cFo and coo Statement continued

Our “cloud first” strategy allowed 
us to apply business continuity 
with minimal disruption  
to productivity.

it infrastructure improvements

During the year we also further 
strengthened our IT infrastructure. We gained 
Cyber Essentials Plus accreditation in April 2020 
at the height of the pandemic, as well as 
implementing advanced cloud security tools to 
enhance our risk management strategy for the 
increased levels of remote and flexible working 
expected in the post COVID-19 landscape. Our 
“cloud first” strategy allowed us to apply business 
continuity with minimal disruption to productivity 
and greater flexibility to address challenges as we 
are not dependent on traditional on-premise 
solutions. 

Financial performance

Over the last three years we have delivered 
a positive financial improvement across all metrics 
year on year, as a direct result of the operational 
transformation we have implemented.

At the start of 2020 this operational 

transformation was largely complete, we had 
started to see the benefits with our gross margin 
approaching 70% and we were close to achieving 
dividend cover of 100%. 

However, then the COVID-19 pandemic hit. 

Whilst we are encouraged by the underlying 
performance of the business, the impact of the 
pandemic is clear. 

Revenue in 2020 was £59.4 million, down 

£6.5 million of refunds were provided to 

16% from £70.9 million in 2019. The decrease was 
due to three key factors;
– 
students for the period from April to September 
2020.This allowed us to release students who 
were in need from their obligations on a case-by-
case basis and also helped to protect our brand. 
– 
At the start of the 2020/21 academic year, 
we reported occupancy rates of 70%, compared to 
94% in 2019/20. This meant that the final four 
months of the 2020 financial year had significantly 
reduced occupancy compared to 2019.
– 
Historically we have also sold around 
£700,000 of summer lets each year, clearly due to 
the COVID-19 pandemic we were not able to 
utilise this source of income in 2020.

However, the underlying performance of 

revenue was still robust; excluding the COVID-19 
refunds for academic year 2019/20 our like-for-like 
rental growth would have been 3.1%. At this point, 
for the current academic year 2020/21 like-for-like 
rental growth is 1.8%.

Property costs were £22.7 million, down 3% 
overall as we cut discretionary costs and delayed 
expenditure where appropriate and continued to 
make efficiency improvements while also 
continuing to see the benefit of the operational 
transformation. 

dividends
Quarter ending

Declared

Paid

Amount (p)

31 December 2019

 17 February 2020

20 March 2020

1.25

loan to Value

35.4%

(2019: 32.9%)

refunds provided to  
students in need

£6.5m

For 2019/20 academic year

On a cost per bed basis our cost was down 
3%. Due to the COVID-19 pandemic reducing our 
occupancy levels we have been required to pay 
council tax on these empty rooms which has 
reduced the cost savings we have made. If we 
exclude the impact of this increased council tax bill 
during the year, our average cost per bed fell by 
over 6%.

The impact on revenue and property costs 

above produced a gross margin for the year of 
61.9% (2019: 67.1%).

Administration expenses were £9.8 million in 

2020, lower than our initial guidance of £10 million 
(2019: £9.2 million). We made savings in a number 
of areas such as not paying any employee or 
Director bonuses for 2020.

The net loss from a change in the fair value 

£21 million of the decrease is due to CBRE 

of investment properties during the year was £37.6 
million (2019: £29.2 million gain). This loss is made 
up of four key components which are explained 
below:
– 
making a capital deduction to reflect the perceived 
risk to occupancy for the remainder of the 2020/21 
academic year.
– 
£9 million of the decrease is in the valuation 
of operational assets over the year for two reasons:

–  There has been a polarisation of prime 
against secondary assets which has resulted in a 
softening of net initial yield from 5.55% to 5.61%.

–  a reduction in net operating income 

projections on secondary assets.
– 
£6 million of the decrease is on the value of 
our commercial portfolio, reflecting yields moving 
out on retail property. 
– 
development assets reflecting the increased 
timetables on some of our development assets 
which are currently on hold due to our cash 
preservation approach.

£2 million of the decrease is on our 

The valuation bridge on page 17 illustrates 

the movement explained above.

Net financing costs for the year were £13.3 
million, net of money market investment income 
(2019: £12.7 million). This net financing cost was 
slightly more than 2019 due to a higher level of 
drawn down debt through the year, as well as 
slightly lower interest received.

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

031

The result of this is a loss before tax of 

debt 

£24.0 million, (2019: profit £54.8 million). No 
corporation tax was charged, as the Group fulfilled 
all of its obligations as a UK Real Estate 
Investment Trust (“REIT”). Basic loss per share 
(“EPS”) was therefore (3.97) pence and also (3.97) 
pence on a diluted basis (2019: earnings 9.08 
pence and 9.07 pence (diluted).

Adjusted EPS is the most relevant measure 

of earnings when assessing dividend distributions. 
It decreased by 48% from 4.43 pence in 2019 to 
2.30 pence in 2020. This shows that the 
underlying operating business is continuing to 
generate cash despite the impact of the 
pandemic.

The Net Asset Value (“NAV”) per share as at 

31 December 2020 was 105.00 pence, 
(31 December 2019: 110.21 pence, prior to adjusting 
for the interim dividend of 1.25 pence per share in 
respect of the quarter ended 31 December 2019). 
The NAV is shown net of all property acquisition 
costs and dividends paid during the year.

The NAV bridge below helps to illustrate the 

movement during the year.

dividends

In January 2020 we raised £22.5 million of 

development debt with NatWest bank to complete 
the existing pipeline. 

In March 2020 we refinanced an expiring 

uncharged facility with FCB and at the same time 
increased the facility from £10 to £20 million.
In April 2020 we refinanced early an 

expiring £32.8 million facility with AIB on more 
favourable terms.

Throughout the year we have conducted 

extensive scenario planning and in July 2020 we 
took the prudent step of increasing our £70 million 
RCF with Lloyds Bank to £90 million. 

At the year end, before deduction of loan 

arrangement fees, the Group had committed 
investment debt facilities of £420 million, of which 
£390 million were drawn down (2019: £355 million 
drawn down).

Of our drawn investment debt, £277 million 
of this debt is fixed and £113 million is floating. The 
aggregate cost of our investment debt was 2.9%, 
with a weighted average term of 5.9 years. 

The Loan to Value for the Group was 35.4% 

(2019: 32.9%), broadly in line with our long-term 
LTV target of 35%. 

The dividends declared in respect of the 

We have also agreed waivers or an easing 

of covenant requirements on all our debt to ensure 
that we remain covenant compliant throughout the 
pandemic. We would like to thank all of our 
lenders for the support which they have provided 
through this period.

We currently have around £52 million of 

unencumbered assets and as at the year end we 
had £63.9 million of undrawn investment facilities 
and cash. 

As we have no refinancing requirements 

until November 2022 and have taken protective 
measures to preserve liquidity, we are well placed 
to trade through until the market recovers. 

2020 financial year are shown in the table on the 
previous page.

Of the total dividends, 0.85 pence per share 

was declared as property income distributions 
and 0.40 pence per share was declared as 
ordinary UK dividends (2019: 2.75 pence per share 
and 2.25 pence per share, respectively). 

The reduced dividend in the period has 

given dividend cover of 184% (2019: 88.5%).

On 31 March 2020, due to uncertainty 

created by COVID-19, the Group announced a 
number of actions to strengthen further its cash 
position. This included the Board’s decision, whilst 
remaining mindful of its REIT tax obligations, to 
suspend all future dividend distributions until 
market conditions stabilised. The Board is mindful 
of the importance of the dividend to shareholders 
and will seek to resume dividends at an 
appropriate level as soon as there is sufficient 
clarity of outlook. For this, we would need to see 
more commitment in the approach of universities 
to face-to-face teaching and a significant 
improvement in occupation and rental income.

nAV Bridge

£000’s

685,000

680,000

675,000

670,000

665,000

660,000

655,000

650,000

645,000

640,000

635,000

630,000

NAV at
December
2019

EPRA
Earnings

Loss on 
fair value 
movement of 
investment properties

Dividend
Paid

NAV at
December
2020

Increase

Decrease

Total

STRATEGIC REPORTEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

032

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

responsible Business

progressive, 
responsible

Progression on our ESG journey 
is a priority at Board level.

ESG 
Management  
Framework

our ESG Journey and commitment to 
Stakeholders

As a business we are committed to creating 

and operating a responsible and sustainable 
business which has a positive impact on all of our 
stakeholders while maintaining a profitable and 
sustainable business.

Our ESG journey is aligned to our culture 
and will be reflected in our relaunched values in 
2021. ESG is important to all of our key 
stakeholders, who all receive benefits. ESG and 
our approach also becomes part of our approach 
to risk management.

Due to the impact of COVID-19 we have not 

been able to push on as far as we had expected 
with our ESG roadmap. However, we have still 
been able to make some very valuable key steps 
forward. We have also set out our plan for 
progressing our ESG agenda in 2021, through the 
Board, Senior Leadership Team and new 
committees’ guidance. The Board has placed ESG 
as one of its key priorities.

This section provides more information on 

the various stakeholder engagement activities and 
our future plans. Please refer to the section 172 
(“s.172”) statement on page 40 for more detail on 
the Board’s engagement with our key 
stakeholders.

The Board
The Board has overall responsibility for… 
the Group’s ESG strategy
and the direction which the Group will take.

ESG Committee
The Committee will oversee…
the creation of overall ESG strategy from the Group, 
ensuring that there is Board level discussion and input.

Sustainability 
working group
The group will oversee… 
the delivery of environmental 
sustainability initiatives and 
commitments throughout  
the business.

People & 
Community 
working group
The group will oversee… 
the delivery of initiatives 
impacting our people and the 
communities we operate in.

Governance 
working group
The group will oversee…
the levels of governance and 
oversight across the business 
continue to be upheld to a high 
standard.

Senior Leadership Team
Senior management are responsible for… 
ensuring this ESG strategy is embedded throughout the 
business and provide key support to the communities 
above.

Our People
The successful delivery of an ESG strategy across our business 
will require the collaboration and support of all our people.

 
AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

033

Priorities and targets 
for 2021  ���������������

Priorities

Targets

develop our ESG strategy  
and messaging 

We have appointed an external consultant to help the Group review and 
formalise our ESG strategy. This will allow the Group to illustrate its long-term 
ESG strategy more formally and develop ambitious and achievable targets in the 
short and long term by which we can be measured against. We expect to 
announce more details of exactly what these commitments mean, including 
targets, timescales and plans in our 2021 Annual Report.

Embedding and developing the 
work of the ESG committee

We have set up and agreed terms of reference for the ESG Committee and it  
will meet on a quarterly basis with the first formal meeting held in January 2021. 
The strategy and actions the Committee set will have a large impact in shaping 
the ESG roadmap of the business and ensuring the strategy set out by the  
Board is achieved. 

review our Group Values

With a new CEO, an updated staffing structure and a renewed focus on ESG 
through the business means that 2021 will be a perfect time to revisit the 
Group’s values which we will present in the 2021 Annual Report. This reflects  
the evolution of the business over the last couple of years. 

Our Key  
Stakeholders  ������������

customers 
The needs of our customers inspire our brand and 
provide insightful feedback on how we can improve our 
service offering to them and better fulfil our purpose.
We have a responsibility to provide our customers with a
safe place to live and to care for their wellbeing, which is 
critical to the Board’s strategic decision-making and our 
review of any operational changes.

people
Our people are vital to the successful delivery of our 
business performance. We have a responsibility to 
provide our people with a safe place to work and to care 
for their wellbeing.
The tone and culture of our organisation comes alive
through the actions of our people.

—

—

communities
Our communities help us to fulfil our purpose of 
enhancing the university experience for our customers. 
The Board aims to understand the local markets in which 
we operate and the key issues we face which assists its 
decision-making around new opportunities through 
which we can contribute to our local communities.

Shareholders
Our shareholders are key stakeholders in our business.
The Board has a responsibility and desire to 
communicate key matters relating to the Group openly 
and honestly to our shareholders.
The Group also has a wider responsibility to shareholders 
to enhance the value of the business and fulfil its purpose 
ethically.

—

—

Environment
Our environment is fundamental to our future. We have a 
duty to operate our business in an efficient way, giving 
specific regard to the impact of our operations on the 
environment and utilising methods throughout our 
properties (both development and operational sites) that 
mitigate the risk of environmental damage.

STRATEGIC REPORTEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

034

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

responsible Business continued

Stakeholder  ����������������� 
Engagement

Priorities

Why We Engage

How We Engage

Our customers are at the core of our purpose and 
provide useful insights into how we can build on 
our customer service to improve their experience 
at university. We have a responsibility to provide 
our customers with a safe home to live in and to 
support them through their journey at university.

On a day-to-day basis within our buildings.

Through biannual customer surveys.

Through our social media presence.

customers

people

Our people have been key to our operational 
transformation, working hard to deliver the brand 
experience for our customers. We have a 
responsibility to provide our people with a safe 
working environment and to support them in both 
their career and personal development.

communities

Our purpose to enhance the university experience 
for our customers also serves to support the local 
communities we operate in through the creation of 
jobs and assisting to reduce tensions in the local 
housing markets. We have a responsibility to give 
back to our local communities and support them in 
their local initiatives that help others.

On a day-to-day basis we use Workplace as an 
internal communication tool.

Weekly updates are provided to all by members of 
the SLT.

Monthly townhalls are held where our people can 
raise questions and contribute.

Through the Colleague Forum.

Through on-site communication with members of 
the public and local communities.

We have membership with the British Property 
Federation where we can interact with 
communities and government on a wider basis.

We also have interaction with communities 
through the property licensing disclosures we 
have to undertake.

Their Material Issue

–  Safety in their homes

–  Customer service

–  Value for money

–  Safety at work

–  Pay and reward

–  Communication

–  Job creation

–  Housing stock

–  Supporting local charities

Actions Taken in 2020 

(Detail in next section)

–  Implementation of enhanced health 

and safety measures in our buildings

–  Offering refunds to students impacted 

by COVID-19 pandemic

–  Launching a student assistance 

programme 

–  Implementation of enhanced health 

and safety measures in our buildings

–  Revamping our internal 

communications to offer weekly 

communications and monthly 

townhalls

–  Becoming a Real Living Wage 

employer from January 2021

–  Restructuring our operational staffing 

model 

–  Provided 284 new beds during the 

year to free up local housing stock

–  Supported a number of local charities 

and donated items to British Heart 

Foundation

Shareholders

Our shareholders are key to our long-term 
sustainable performance. 

Through face-to-face meetings with investors.

We have a responsibility to manage the business 
in an ethical manner, ensuring that we value the 
interests of all our key stakeholder groups in order 
to enhance the value of the Group for the 
shareholders.

Through our Annual and Interim Report.

At our Annual General Meeting.

–  ESG reporting and disclosure

–  Sustainable business

–  Financial results

–  Launching the ESG Committee

–  Developing our ESG strategy

–  Protecting the business and ensuring 

its long-term sustainability and going 

concern

Environment

The environment in which we live in is a valuable 
and precious asset which we need to ensure our 
business helps to protect and conserve. 

Environmental issues such as climate change 
could develop into a business risk for our 
business.

On an annual basis there is detailed ESG reporting 
within our Annual Report.

–  Reduction in greenhouse gas emissions

–  Sustainable business

In 2021 we are looking to increase the level of 
reporting and policies available on our website.

–  Moving all our electricity to 

renewable energy sources

–  Identifying energy reduction 

initiatives requiring some capital 

expenditure to implement in 2021

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

035

Priorities

Why We Engage

How We Engage

customers

Our customers are at the core of our purpose and 

On a day-to-day basis within our buildings.

provide useful insights into how we can build on 

our customer service to improve their experience 

Through biannual customer surveys.

at university. We have a responsibility to provide 

our customers with a safe home to live in and to 

Through our social media presence.

support them through their journey at university.

Their Material Issue

–  Safety in their homes
–  Customer service
–  Value for money

people

Our people have been key to our operational 

On a day-to-day basis we use Workplace as an 

transformation, working hard to deliver the brand 

internal communication tool.

experience for our customers. We have a 

responsibility to provide our people with a safe 

Weekly updates are provided to all by members of 

working environment and to support them in both 

the SLT.

their career and personal development.

–  Safety at work
–  Pay and reward
–  Communication

Monthly townhalls are held where our people can 

raise questions and contribute.

Through the Colleague Forum.

communities

Our purpose to enhance the university experience 

Through on-site communication with members of 

for our customers also serves to support the local 

the public and local communities.

–  Job creation
–  Housing stock
–  Supporting local charities

communities we operate in through the creation of 

jobs and assisting to reduce tensions in the local 

We have membership with the British Property 

housing markets. We have a responsibility to give 

Federation where we can interact with 

back to our local communities and support them in 

communities and government on a wider basis.

their local initiatives that help others.

We also have interaction with communities 

through the property licensing disclosures we 

have to undertake.

Actions Taken in 2020 
(Detail in next section)

–  Implementation of enhanced health 
and safety measures in our buildings
–  Offering refunds to students impacted 

by COVID-19 pandemic

–  Launching a student assistance 

programme 

–  Implementation of enhanced health 
and safety measures in our buildings

–  Revamping our internal 

communications to offer weekly 
communications and monthly 
townhalls

–  Becoming a Real Living Wage 
employer from January 2021

–  Restructuring our operational staffing 

model 

–  Provided 284 new beds during the 
year to free up local housing stock
–  Supported a number of local charities 
and donated items to British Heart 
Foundation

Shareholders

sustainable performance. 

Our shareholders are key to our long-term 

Through face-to-face meetings with investors.

We have a responsibility to manage the business 

in an ethical manner, ensuring that we value the 

At our Annual General Meeting.

Through our Annual and Interim Report.

interests of all our key stakeholder groups in order 

to enhance the value of the Group for the 

shareholders.

–  ESG reporting and disclosure
–  Sustainable business
–  Financial results

–  Launching the ESG Committee
–  Developing our ESG strategy
–  Protecting the business and ensuring 
its long-term sustainability and going 
concern

Environment

The environment in which we live in is a valuable 

On an annual basis there is detailed ESG reporting 

and precious asset which we need to ensure our 

within our Annual Report.

–  Reduction in greenhouse gas emissions
–  Sustainable business

business helps to protect and conserve. 

Environmental issues such as climate change 

reporting and policies available on our website.

In 2021 we are looking to increase the level of 

could develop into a business risk for our 

business.

–  Moving all our electricity to 
renewable energy sources
–  Identifying energy reduction 

initiatives requiring some capital 
expenditure to implement in 2021

STRATEGIC REPORTEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

036

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

responsible Business continued

customers 

customer pledge

Our pledge to our customer is that we will 

always strive to fulfil our purpose (see inside front 
cover) which involves providing our students with 
a safe place in which to live. Due to the impact of 
COVID-19 we implemented a wide-ranging 
number of initiatives to keep our customers safe 
and improve their wellbeing, from monitoring of 
students self isolating to implementing protective 
measures within our buildings. More detail of all of 
our responses to COVID-19 are detailed on page 6 
and the case study on page 18 goes into further 
detail on how we protected our customers.

refund programme

In April 2020 we launched a refund 
programme to help our customers who had been 
impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, and we 
launched this programme because we felt that 
ethically it was the right thing to do. The Board’s 
considerations are set out on page 40 within the 
s.172 statement.

Wellbeing

In 2020 we launched in partnership with 

Endsleigh, a student assistance programme. This 
programme provides our customers with unlimited 
access to a 24/7 mental health and confidential 
counselling (BACP accredited) through a 
telephone helpline. Calls are answered by an 
experienced counsellor or therapist who will offer 
support for a variety of issues. Our customers may 
also have up to six sessions of structured 
telephone counselling including CBT counselling 
per issue each year. We believe supporting our 
customers’ wellbeing is paramount. 

providing our customers with 
unlimited access to

our people

24/7

mental health and counselling  
(BACP accredited) confidential 
telephone helpline.

prioritising Health and Wellbeing during 
coVid-19

Ensuring our people were safe during the 

pandemic was of paramount importance to the 
Group. We implemented a wide-ranging number of 
initiatives to keep our people safe, from monitoring 
of any staff showing symptoms or self isolating to 
implementing protective measures within our 
buildings and adapting our sickness and leave 
policies. More detail of all of our responses to 
COVID-19 are detailed on page 6. 

reward and recognition

Due to the effects that COVID-19 has had on 
the Group, the decision was taken to suspend the 
Group’s formal bonus scheme. A pay freeze 
among all managerial roles and above was also 
implemented to protect our business.

As part of the Group reorganisation 
discussed in more detail on page 30, we rebased 
the pay of our frontline staff looking at the latest 
benchmarking and also with a view to being a Real 
Living Wage employer. From January 2021 the 
Group will pay all staff at least the Real Living 
Wage and has an ambition to ensure they remain 
at this level in the future.

internal communications

In a time where people felt more isolated 

than ever during the pandemic, ensuring internal 
communications were kept current and frequent 
was a key priority. During the year we revamped 
our internal communications to offer weekly 
communications and monthly townhalls.

We held two townhalls during 2020 and will 

move to a monthly basis in 2021. They have 
already heralded strong feedback and favourable 
support from our people.

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

037

case study
Workforce representation

listening to 
our people

2

2

6

2

2

6

154

Gender diversity

Board

2020

2019

Senior Leadership Team

0

2020

2019

Other Employees

4

4

4

4

5

4

158

105

126

2020

2019

Total

2020

2019

166

158

112

130

Male

Female

0

324

Equality, diversity and inclusion

Group employees are committed to promoting an 

inclusive, positive and collaborative culture. We treat 
everyone equally irrespective of age, sex, sexual 
orientation, race, colour, nationality, ethnic origin, 
religion, religious or other philosophical belief, disability, 
gender identity, gender reassignment, marital or civil 
partner status, or pregnancy or maternity.

We continued to review our approach to diversity, 

equality and inclusion, including the use of targets 
during 2020. We recognise this as a key building block 
of our social strategy and it will form part of the 
Governance working group’s 2021 agenda. Our 
workforce and customers are from a diverse range of 
people so we need to ensure that our workplace 
remains inclusive and allows our people and our 
customers a place where they can thrive.

The Colleague  
Forum  ��������
The Colleague Forum is a formal 
workforce advisory panel set-up in 
May 2019, consisting of 12 employee 
representatives across the Group. Its 
main purpose is to give the wider 
workforce a platform through which 
they can share their ideas on 
enhancing business performance 
and improving efficiencies, as well as 
their experience with the business. 

The Colleague Forum is supported 
by Alice Avis (Non-Executive Board 
member) who attends at least one 
Colleague Forum meeting every year 
and is available as a direct Board 
contact for the forum.

During 2020 the Colleague Forum 
consulted with the Senior Leadership 
Team and HR team on key decisions 
including the Group’s response to 
COVID-19 and the restructure of our 
operational teams. It was a good 
platform for the wider workforce to 
communicate their key questions and 
priorities during a year of change, 
allowing the business to respond 
effectively and understand best  
what support our people and 
customers needed. 

STRATEGIC REPORTEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

038

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

responsible Business continued

Social – our people

communities

Supporting local communities during coVid-19 
During the year we continued to support our 

local communities in any ways we could during 
this difficult time. The way we helped and 
supported local communities varied from 
organising fundraisers to buy PPE for local 
hospitals and care homes to donating unwanted 
goods left behind by students to the British Heart 
Foundation. In 2021 as part of our ESG roadmap 
we hope to pull together all the support we give 
back to our local communities.

Shareholders

ESG reporting

Shareholders are becoming even more 
conscious and questioning of the ESG credentials 
of the businesses in which they want to be 
involved with. We have received feedback from 
our investors that they wish to gain a greater 
understanding of the ESG credentials of the 
Group. The shareholders are the ultimate 
beneficiary of all of the actions taken throughout 
this section and will further benefit from the 
actions and targets we have set out for 2021 on 
page 33.

modern Slavery

Protecting human rights and preventing 

Ethical Business

We are committed to carrying out business 
fairly, honestly and openly. Our anti-bribery policy 
mandates a zero-tolerance approach, which all our 
people must read and consent to, both during 
their induction and when any updates are made to 
the policy. We require employees to take regular 
compliance training and to certify each year that 
they have complied with our policies.

Our people are important to our business 

maintaining the highest standards of honesty, 
openness and accountability. Our whistleblowing 
policy explains how our people can report a 
whistleblowing concern and reassures them that 
any such disclosure is made in full confidence. The 
Board monitors and reviews the policy on at least 
an annual basis to ensure it complies with UK 
legislation. There were no incidents of 
whistleblowing during the year.

modern slavery is important to us. We are 
fundamentally opposed to slavery and committed 
to understanding the risk of it and ensuring it does 
not occur anywhere within our business or supply 
chain.

Our most significant risk area in relation to 

slavery and human trafficking is in our supply 
chain, particularly in connection with the sourcing 
by suppliers of construction material, certain 
goods and the provision of manual labour in 
property development and management services.
While nearly all our direct suppliers are 

based in the UK, some of these suppliers source 
some materials from around the world.

As part of our broader initiative to identify 

centralising more contracts as a core part of 

and mitigate risk in our supply chain, we have 
updated our consideration of factors such as:
– 
reviewing our current contractors and 
suppliers, particularly in relation to supply chain, 
with a view to developing preferred supplier list 
arrangements based on robust selection;
– 
our supplier management strategy;
– 
processes within procurement practices;
– 
developing strong relationships with 
UK-based suppliers and contractors that align to 
our business code of conduct expectations; and
– 
the reporting of concerns and the protection of 
whistleblowers in our supply chain. 

strengthening our compliance review 

ensuring systems are in place to encourage 

We believe there is minimal risk of slavery 
and human trafficking in our colleague base. We 
continue to review this risk assessment and 
monitor our activity as part of our broader 
approach to ensuring we are a responsible and 
sustainable business.

For our full statement please refer to  

www.hellostudent.co.uk. 

our VAluES

our core values ensure  
that everyone understands 
and is aligned with what 
we are and how we want  
to operate.

Honest
We act with integrity and 
have courage to do the right 
things.

open
We are transparent in what  
we do. We engage, involve 
and share.

creative
We do things differently, 
delighting our customers, 
colleagues and 
shareholders.

Strive
We are always looking for 
better ways to do things for 
our customers, colleagues 
and shareholders.

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

039

The tables below contain our EPRA performance data for each relevant impact area.

Greenhouse Gas 

EPRA Code 

2020 

2019

Like-for-like:
Total direct GHG emissions (tCO2e) 
Total indirect GHG emissions (tCO2e) 

Absolute:
Total direct GHG emissions (tCO2e) 
Total indirect GHG emissions (tCO2e) 

Normalised:
GHG intensity from building energy consumption 
(tCO2e per operating bed) 

2020 – % of total assets included: LfL – 100% / Abs – 100%
2020 – % of data estimated: LfL – 0.5% / Abs – 0.5%

GHG-Dir-LfL 
GHG-Indir-LfL 

GHG-Dir-Abs 
GHG-Indir-Abs 

3,786 
4,617 

3,787 
4,622

4,377
4,742

4,337
4,742

GHG-Int 

0.97

1.04

Energy 

EPRA Code 

2020 

2019

Like-for-like:
Total fuel consumption (kWh) 
Total district heating & cooling consumption (kWh)  DH&C-Abs 
Total electricity consumption (kWh) 

Fuels-LfL 

Elec-LfL 

Absolute:
Total fuel consumption (kWh) 
Fuels-Abs 
Total district heating & cooling consumption (kWh)  DH&C-Abs
Total electricity consumption (kWh) 

Elec-Abs 

20,592,043  23,803,443 
–
18,063,751  20,337,862 

– 

20,597,942  23,803,443 
–
18,083,045  20,337,862 

–

Normalised:
Building energy intensity (kWh per operating bed)  Energy-Int 

4,439.46 

5,025.19 

2020 – % of total assets included: LfL – 100% / Abs – 100%
2020 – % of data estimated: LfL – 0.5% / Abs – 0.5%

Water 

Like-for-like:
Total water consumption (m3) 

Absolute:
Total water consumption (m3) 

EPRA Code 

2020 

2019

Water-LfL 

422,730 

455,578

Water-Abs 

422,730 

455,578

Normalised:
Building water intensity (m3 per operating bed) 

Water-Int 

48.52

51.86

2020 – % of total assets included: LfL – 100% / Abs – 100%
2020 – % of data estimated: LfL – 49% / Abs – 49%

Environment

Energy usage

Our total direct and indirect greenhouse gas 
emissions like-for-like have decreased by 8% since 
2019. Our electricity consumption has reduced by 
11% on a like-for-like basis compared to 2019. 

We believe that while some of the energy 

savings have been due to initiatives we have 
implemented, COVID-19 has also had an impact in 
the reduction of GHG and electricity consumption 
in 2020.

Water usage

Our total water usage has decreased by 7% 

since 2019. We believe that there would have 
been a greater reduction in 2020, however, we 
increased our flushing activities to ensure the sites 
were well sanitised before the return of students, 
increasing consumption in 2020.

methodology

We have used the EPRA Best Practices 
Recommendations on Sustainability Reporting 
(Third Edition) and GHG Protocol Standard (revised 
edition), using a financial control organisational 
boundary to prepare this disclosure. The UK 
Government Conversion Factors for Company 
Reporting have been applied to convert energy 
data into greenhouse gas emissions. Whole 
building data has been reported and any missing 
data has been estimated using either direct 
comparison, pro rata calculation or based on an 
average consumption value per bed.

Green Energy

The electricity we use in our buildings is 

100% renewable. This is backed by UK-based 
renewable generation certificates administered by 
Ofgem. This means the electricity we use is 
generated in renewable ways ranging from solar 
and wind turbines to anaerobic digestion and 
biomass plants. 

We have also planned a workshop in 2021 

with our energy consultant to identify new 
opportunities for green energy that can be 
implemented at our existing sites and how this will 
impact our energy consumption and costs.

Waste management

All sites currently have recycling facilities 
that are used by our customers and people. We 
aim to review our overall waste management 
arrangement to identify more efficient ways to 
manage our recycling throughout the whole 
Group. The Sustainability working group will 
review our waste strategy in 2021.

STRATEGIC REPORTEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

040

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

responsible Business continued

Section 172

Section 172(1) Companies 
Act 2006 ‘Duty to promote 
the success of the company’ 
A director of a company 
must act in the way he/she 
considers, in good faith, 
would be most likely to 
promote the success of the 
company for the benefit  
of its members as a whole, 
and in doing so have regard 
(amongst other matters) to:

the likely consequences of Any decision in the 
long term

The Board provides oversight over the 
Company’s performance and gives guidance as to 
the long-term strategy of the Company. The 
day-to-day management and decision-making is 
delegated by the Board to the Senior Leadership 
Team who provide regular updates to the Board. 
This allows the Board to monitor the performance 
of the Company and that the Company is 
progressing in line with the long-term strategy. 
The KPIs reported on page 26 are the key metrics 
which the Board reviews, which are supplemented 
by further detailed reporting.

the interests of the company’s Employees

Our people are crucial to the Company’s 

success; they provide our customers with 
exceptional service to ensure they feel at home. 
The Board recognises how vital our people are 
and as such all decisions taken by the Board 
consider the interests of the Company’s 
employees.

The Board has designated Alice Avis 

(Non-Executive Director) to liaise with the 
Colleague Forum. This allows a direct conduit 
between the Board and our people. This gives the 
Board insight into the views and concerns of our 
people and allows them to ensure their decisions 
are aligned with the interests of the Company’s 
employees.

the need to Foster the company’s Business 
relationships with Suppliers, customers and 
others

The Company has a few key suppliers and 
the Board is involved in reviewing and approving 
any key contracts which the Company enters into. 

As such the Board provides oversight and 
challenge to key suppliers. Day-to-day 
relationships with Company suppliers are 
delegated to the Senior Leadership Team to 
ensure a close relationship is fostered.

Without customers the Company could not 

exist, and as such the Board takes great interest in 
fostering relationships with these customers. The 
Board reviews the results of the biannual customer 
survey, as well as receiving and reviewing other ad 
hoc reports on our customer’s preferences and 
wishes. As part of the CEO’s Board reporting, our 
customers sit as a standing agenda item. The 
Board believes that fostering a close relationship 
and a deep understanding of our customers is key 
to the Company’s success.

the impact of the company’s operations on the 
community and the Environment

The community and environment in which 
the Company operates in is a key priority for the 
Board. The Board identified that the Company’s 
ESG strategy was not strong enough and so set 
about reviewing this in 2020 for launch in 2021. 
The Board takes the impact of the Group’s 
operations on the community and environment 
into account in each decision. The decisions which 
the Board take can have widespread ramifications. 
Reviewing this impact is not a perfunctory exercise 
but one which the Board believes is a key 
responsibility, which includes robust challenge of 
all decisions.

the desirability of the company maintaining a 
reputation for High Standards of Business 
conduct

The Board recognises the importance of 

maintaining a reputation for high standards of 
business conduct. The Board always seeks to 
make the “right” decision which while taking into 
account the needs of all of our stakeholders also 
reflects morally on our obligations as a Company.
The Board encourages this principle 

throughout the business and directs the 
Company’s ethos through the Company purpose 
and values. The Board is reviewing alongside the 
Senior Leadership Team and our people, the 
Company values in 2021 to ensure they continue 
to remain fit for purpose.

The Board also encourages the Company to 

go above and beyond in certain areas and one 
particular example is mental health welfare, where 
the Board pushed for support for both our people 
and our customers to be set up.

the need to Act Fairly as Between Shareholders 
of the company

The Board believes transparency and 

accountability of the business is paramount to 
encourage shareholder confidence. The Board 
listens to and reviews the views across our 
shareholder base.

The need to act fairly between all of our 
shareholders underpins the Board’s decisions; and 
the Board receives regular feedback from 
shareholders after our annual and interim results 
release. The Board also receives and reviews 
feedback from research analysts throughout the 
year. This helps to identify key shareholder trends 
which the Board takes note of. The capital 
structure of the Company as a REIT, limiting 
individual shareholdings to a maximum of 10% of 
issued share capital helps to ensure there are no 
dominant shareholders and that all shareholders 
are treated equally.

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

041

Principal Decision 1 – March 2020 – COVID-19 response decision
When the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic began to become visible in March 2020, the Board took several different actions such as:
– 
– 
– 

Offering refunds to students who met specific criteria
Suspension of dividends
Deferring development spend

long-term success 
considerations

The actions which the Board undertook were focused on 

protecting the long-term success of the Company.

The decision to offer refunds was taken after considering the 

PBSA market and the reputation of the Hello Student® brand. 
The Board sought to protect and strengthen the Hello 
Student® brand by offering these refunds. 

Stakeholder impact 
considerations

outcomes

customers – The Board considered that offering refunds 
clearly was a positive decision for our customers. Many 
students benefited from this decision during what was a very 
stressful time.

people – The Board considered how these decisions would 

impact people, protecting our capital by suspending 
dividends and that deferring development spend would help 
to ensure our long-term viability and ensure our people’s jobs 
were protected.

The actions taken by the Board to preserve capital has ensured 
that the Company is in a healthy state as we progress through 
this pandemic and has allowed the Company to still be 
considered a going concern (see page 43 for detail). 

The Company and the Hello Student ® brand received large 
amounts of positive feedback from students receiving 
refunds.

The Board reflected that the refunds decision would generate 
some positive brand goodwill and help our brand stand out 
amongst others in the market who did not take the same 
approach. 

The decision to suspend dividends and defer development 

spend were taken by the Board after considering the 
long-term viability of the Company. Taking these actions 
ensured that the Company would conserve capital to weather 
the crisis.

Shareholders – The Board considered that our shareholders 
would benefit from these decisions, as they would help to 
protect the long-term viability of the Company.

community/Environment – The Board considered whether 

there were any adverse impacts on either the community or 
environment and concluded that the above decision would 
have no adverse impact.

The Board’s belief is that this principal decision taken was a 

positive decision for all stakeholders.

Principal Decision 2 – September 2020 – Staff restructuring decision
In September 2020 the Senior Leadership Team presented to the Board a staff restructuring paper which looked at overhauling the current 
staffing structure. Due to the size of this transition and change the Board reviewed this proposal.

long-term success 
considerations

When making this decision the Board considered the long-term 
success of the business. The existing structure was not fit for 
purpose and left the Company at a disadvantage to other 
competitors in the industry. As such implementing this 
change would ensure that the Company had a solid footing 
for success in the future.

Stakeholder impact 
considerations

customers – The Board considered that moving to a 24 hours 
a day seven days a week staffing structure was only going to 
benefit our customers. It would allow us the ability to be there 
for our customers at all times of the day whenever our 
customers need us most.

people – The Board considered how these decisions would 
impact people. Clearly, under the restructure some of our 
people would be made redundant which would have a 
negative impact. However, the rationale behind the fact that 
we are making our staffing model fit for purpose, the creation 
of alternative roles for staff to apply for and ensuring the 
structure is viable for the long term all outweigh the negative 
impact. Overall, the Board believed that the staffing 
restructure would have a positive impact on our people.

Shareholders – The Board considered that our shareholders 

would benefit from these decisions; the new staffing structure 
is budgeted to be cost neutral and will also reduce the need 
for third-party security contractors. As stated above, it will 
also ensure the business has a platform for long-term growth 
which will benefit the shareholders. 

community/Environment – The Board considered what impact 
the new staffing structure would have in our buildings. Having 
staff in our buildings 24 hours a day will allow them to focus 
further on energy efficiency measures and recycling which 
take place around the clock. The Board reviewed other 
impacts and concluded that the above decision would have 
no adverse impact.

outcomes

The outcome was that the Board approved the staff 

restructuring with the restructure complete by December. 
Page 29 has more detail on the restructure. As we move into 
2021 more evidence will become available to support the 
Board’s considerations above. 

The Board’s belief is that this principal decision taken was a 

positive decision for all stakeholders.

STRATEGIC REPORTEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

042

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

principal risks and uncertainties

2 020 has been a year of change with the 

COVID-19 pandemic having a significant 
impact on our principal risks and 

uncertainties. The Board has maintained constant 
review of the Group’s risk environment, ensuring 
operational platforms are flexible in adapting to 
risks whilst remaining in line with our strategic 
objectives. With the key challenges faced this 
year, the Group has maintained its strong culture 
of mitigating significant risks and responding to 
changes efficiently. 

The Board regularly assesses the risk 

appetite of the Group, with the Audit Committee 
formally reviewing the effectiveness of our risk 
management process and internal control systems 
biannually. During the year, the Audit Committee 
has not identified or been advised of any material 
failings or weaknesses. 

changes to principal risks

COVID-19 has revealed a number of factors 
that will be impacted either directly by the ongoing 
pandemic, or life in a post-COVID-19 world as the 
“new normal” is defined.

As a result, the Board has introduced a new 

risk – Revenue Risk – which highlights the risk of 
reduced revenue from changes to university 
operations (for example, university teaching 
moving to an online platform or universities facing 
financial difficulties due to reduced student 
demand for higher education) and travel 
restrictions (for example, reduced domestic and 
international travel or issues with international 
student visas). 

Now all assets are operating under the 
Hello Student® platform, cost control has become 
part of our culture and the business has better 
processes in place to operate efficiently. As such, 
we have removed the Cost Control Risk from our 
principal risks. With less developments in the 
pipeline, we have removed the Development Risk.
The health and safety of our people, 
customers and visitors to our sites is paramount, 
and the Board puts health and safety and the 
associated risks on every meeting agenda. With 
increasing focus on fire safety and greater 
regulations in place, we believe our Regulatory 
Risk and Health & Safety Risk has increased. 

The Audit Committee has reviewed and 

approved the above changes to our principal risks 
and risk appetite. The trends relating to all the 
principal risks and uncertainties are set out in the 
table on pages 44 to 45 with our emerging risks 
on page 46.

Brexit

The UK has now formally left the European 

Union after a transition period. To date we have 
not seen any impact from this event. The Board 
takes comfort that this government is committed to 
growing international student numbers – from the 
current level of almost 450,000 to 600,000 by 
2030. The Treasury has also recognised the value 
of higher education exports by making visa 
applications and postgraduate employment 
limitations less onerous. As a result no principal 
risk has been added due to Brexit.
Viability Statement

The COVID-19 pandemic has created global 

economic uncertainty, and in particular an 
uncertainty around income for the 2020/21 
academic year. Accordingly, the Group has 
conducted a detailed going concern review and 
considered its liquidity position and banking 
covenant compliance strength.

Risk Responsibilities

The Board
The Board has overall  
responsibility for…
the determination of the Group’s risk 
appetite, the setting of objectives  
and policies, and has ultimate 
responsibility for managing risk.

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee formally reviews… 
the effectiveness of our risk 
management processes and internal 
control systems biannually.

Senior Leadership Team
Senior management are 
responsible for… 
reviewing and monitoring the Group’s 
key risks, and overseeing the 
implementation and operation of  
the risk management and internal  
control systems. 

Our People
Everyone at Empiric has a role to play…
in identifying key risks facing the Group, 
and in the day-to-day management of 
risk through applying the appropriate 
controls, policies and processes.

i

H
g
h

P
R
O
B
A
B
I
L
I
T
Y

M
e
d
u
m

i

L
o
w

Low

Adapting risk management in a changing environment

E1

E3

E2

E4

E6

E5

I2

I3

I1

Medium

IMPACT

External risks
E1  Student Demand Risk
E2   Competition Risk
E3   Property Market Risk 
E4   Regulatory Risk
E5   Funding Risk
E6   Revenue Risk

High

internal risks
i1  Health & Safety Risk
i2  Cyber Security Risk
i3  People Risk

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

043

In Scenario 1, 2 and 3 above the Group 
continues to maintain covenant compliance for all 
its interest cover covenants. It maintains adequate 
levels of liquidity and does not need to utilise the 
additional £20 million RCF facility negotiated with 
Lloyds Bank plc throughout the same assessment 
period. In addition, no assumption is made as to 
the level of additional cost-cutting measures or 
mitigating actions which could potentially be 
undertaken.

In Scenario 4, under our Downside Stress 

Scenario, we would not meet interest cover 
covenants at the 30 June 2021 measurement date 
for two lenders. However, the Group has cure 
rights under the lending agreements and sufficient 
cash headroom to cure any ICR breaches if 
required. 

For one lender, under Scenario 4, we would 

not meet a specific 80% occupancy covenant 
requirement by October 2021. Under this scenario 
we would be dependent on the further support of 
this lender, and we would expect this support to 
be forthcoming. 

To support the Directors’ going concern 

assessment, the management also evaluated the 
occupancy level at which all ICR covenant tests 
were breached and, additionally, the impact of a 
“Reverse Stress Test” which was performed to 
determine the level of revenue occupancy for the 
2021/22 academic year at which the Group would 
need to seek alternative sources of funding. For 
this modelling we kept revenue occupancy for the 
2020/21 academic year at 65%. 

The Directors noted that if occupancy falls 
below 44% then the Group would be in breach of 
all ICR covenants, and at 18% revenue occupancy 
for the 2021/22 academic year (47% lower revenue 
occupancy than our Downside Stress Scenario) 
the Group would need to seek alternative sources 
of funding.

Having reviewed and considered three 

modelled scenarios, a Downside Stress Scenario, 
the 2021/22 academic year occupancy level at 
which ICR covenants would be breached and the 
level at which alternative sources of funding would 
be required, the Directors consider that the Group 
has adequate resources in place for at least 12 
months from the date of these results and have 
therefore adopted the going concern basis of 
accounting in preparing the annual financial 
statements.

T        he COVID-19 pandemic has created global 

economic uncertainty, and in particular an 
uncertainty around income for the 2020/21 

and 2021/22 academic years. Accordingly, the 
Group has conducted a detailed going concern 
review and considered its liquidity position and 
banking covenant compliance strength. 

On 31 March 2020 the Group announced 

the difficult decision to suspend dividend 
distributions and guidance. The Group also took 
decisive action to focus on liquidity. All 
development spend was paused and other 
discretionary costs were reviewed with reductions 
identified and implemented. The Group also 
announced it would look favourably upon requests 
on a case-by-case basis from its customers who 
were either no longer in occupation or, due to 
university closures, plan not to return to their 
accommodation, to be released from their rent  
and lease obligations from 25 April 2020 onwards. 
The worst-case estimate for this was a £21 million 
cash impact, however the final actual impact  
of releasing students their rent obligations for  
the academic year 2020/21 was much less at  
£6.5 million. 

As at 31 December 2020 the Group had  
£34 million in cash and £30 million of undrawn 
investment debt facilities. The Group is well 
funded and has no refinancing requirements until 
November 2022. 

The Group’s debt facilities include covenants 
in respect of LTV and interest cover, both projected 
and historic, and all debt facilities are ring fenced 
with each specific lender. The Group maintains 
regular dialogue with all of its lenders as part of the 
ordinary course of business, however during the 
pandemic we have increased the frequency of this 
dialogue. As part of these discussions with our 
lenders we have had conversations specifically 
around the interest cover covenants to ensure we 
either temporarily restructure these or gain the 
relevant waivers from the banks to ensure that no 
issues arise. To date all of our banks have been 
supportive during this period and have expressed 
commitment to the long-term relationship they wish 
to build with Empiric. 

Management has evaluated a number of 

scenarios in its going concern model. The critical 
assumption is the revenue occupancy for the 
2021/22 academic year. Upside, central and 
downside cases have been constructed showing 
2021/22 academic year occupancy of between 
80% and 95%. A downside stress scenario has 
also been considered which has set 2021/22 
revenue occupancy at similar levels to the 2020/21 
academic year. 

Going concern – Viability Statement

Scenario 

Revenue occupancy 
for 2020/21 
academic year

Revenue occupancy 
for 2021/22 
academic year

Scenario 1 – Upside Scenario

Scenario 2 – Central Scenario

Scenario 3 – Downside Scenario

Scenario 4 – Downside Stress Scenario

65%

65%

65%

65%

95%

85%

80%

65%

The Group continues to maintain covenant 
compliance for its LTV thresholds throughout the 
going concern assessment period. Property 
values would have to fall by more than 15% from 
December 2020 valuations before LTV covenants 
are breached. 

STRATEGIC REPORTEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

044

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

principal risks and uncertainties continued

External risks table

E1

E2

E3

E4

E5

Risk and brief description

Potential impact

Mitigation in place

Trend

Student Demand Risk
There is a risk that the level of 
student demand will decrease.
—
Link to Strategy

1 2 3 4 5

–  Loss of revenue
–  Erosion of asset values
–  High void costs
–  Potential breach in bank 

covenants

–  Senior Leadership Team and the Board closely 

monitor government policy, student numbers and 
other micro and macro-economic factors.

–  We ensure our assets are well located serving 

established leading universities.

–  Where possible, we ensure our buildings are fit for 

alternative use, such as private residential, subject to 
planning.

–  High-quality management information is provided 

across the business.

–  All properties are now managed in-house under the 

Hello Student® brand.

Competition Risk
The risk of an increased level of 
competition and supply in the 
student sector.
—
Link to Strategy

1 2 3 4 5

Property Market Risk
The potential for a downturn in 
the property market.
—
Link to Strategy

1 2 3 4 5

Regulatory Risk
Large levels of regulation being 
applied to the student 
accommodation market.
—
Link to Strategy

1 2 3 4 5

Funding Risk
The availability of debt or equity 
and ability to raise it on 
acceptable terms.
—
Link to Strategy

1 2 3 4 5

–  Oversupply of student 

accommodation

–  UK student numbers are due to increase from 2021.
–  We ensure our assets are well located serving 

–  Pressure on student rental 

established leading universities.

growth

–  Assets in prime locations, in varying formats and at 

–  Inflated asset and land prices

different price points.

–  Erosion of asset values
–  Potential breach in bank 

covenants

–  Lower Total Return for 

shareholders

–  Potential impact on our Total 

Return

–  Reputational damage and 

penalties

–  Higher compliance costs

–  High-quality management information is provided 

across the business.

–  All properties are now managed in-house under the 

Hello Student® brand helping providing a strong brand 
identity.

–  Assets in multiple prime locations, diversifying the risk.
–  We maintain prudent levels of gearing, with a LTV limit 

of 40% and long-term target of 35%.

–  The higher education sector is made up of a wide 
range of students from the UK, EU and non-EU 
countries, which helps to protect the student 
accommodation market.

–  Hello Student® is ANUK accredited, and Lynne Fennah 
sits on the Student Accommodation Committee of the 
British Property Federation.

–  Involvement with these bodies means that we are well 

informed of any potential upcoming regulatory 
change. It also provides a basis for industry lobbying if 
required.

–  Our operational teams try to build close working 

relationships with local authorities to keep abreast of 
any changes.

–  Regular review of fire safety regulations and checks to 
ensure our buildings, at a minimum, remain compliant 
with standards.

–  Stifling of future growth 

–  Our average maturity of debt of 5.9 years with £30 

potential

million undrawn as at 31 December 2020.

–  Forces sale of assets to repay 

–  We maintain prudent levels of gearing, with a LTV limit 

debt

of 40% and long-term target of 35%.

–  Reduction of profit

–  Experienced finance team with a strong track record in 

procuring both debt and equity.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

045

Strategic Links
1.  Customers

2.  Brand

3.  People and Operations

4.  Buildings

5.  Shareholder Outcomes

Strategic Links
  Increasing

 No change

  Decreasing

External risks table continued

Risk and brief description

Potential impact

Mitigation in place

Trend

E6

Revenue Risk
The risk of reduced revenue 
from various changes to 
university operations and travel 
restrictions.
—
Link to Strategy

1 2 3 4 5

–  Reduced profitability
–  Stifling of future growth 

potential

–  Potential breach in bank 

covenants

–  Regular communication with universities to review 

changes in their operations and future teaching plans.

–  Monitoring changes in domestic and international 

travel restrictions and adapting our sales approach 
accordingly.

–  Erosion of asset values

–  Where possible, we ensure our buildings are fit for 

alternative use, such as private residential, subject to 
planning.

–  High-quality management information is provided 

across the business.

internal risks table

Risk and brief description

Potential impact

Mitigation in place

Trend

i1

i2

i3

Health & Safety Risk
The occurrence of a major 
health and safety incident 
including a fire or infectious 
outbreak.
—
Link to Strategy

1 2 3 4 5

Cyber Security Risk
The Group suffering from a 
cyber security breach.
—
Link to Strategy

1 2 3 4 5

People Risk
Inability to retain and attract top 
levels of staff.
—
Link to Strategy

1 2 3 4 5

–  Injury and impact on 

customers, contractors, staff 
and visitors

–  Compensation costs incurred
–  Reputational impact
–  Loss of life in a worst-case 

scenario

–  Health and safety metrics are reported monthly.
–  Policies, procedures and training for all staff.
–  Ultimate Board responsibility involving regular Board 

reporting from the Head of FM.

–  Live compliance dashboard which is monitored daily.
–  Regular review of fire safety regulations and checks to 
ensure our buildings remain compliant with standards, 
going over and beyond fire safety requirements.

–  Reputational damage
–  Deteriorated customer 

experience

–  Developed a business continuity plan to enable Group 

operations to continue in the event of a breach.
–  Centralised our IT network across the Group and 

–  Higher costs and reduced 

recruited an in-house IT team.

profitability

–  Deployed an updated training programme across all 

staff.

–  Implemented a data monitoring system to protect our 

platforms across the IT estate.

–  Loss of key business 

knowledge
–  Higher costs
–  Impact on customer service

–  Exit interviews are used to identify any areas for 

improvement within the business. 

–  Ongoing training and development programme 
designed to upskill staff regularly and progress 
forward with their career within the business. 

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Empiric StudEnt propErty plc

046

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

Emerging risks

The Audit Committee also considers 
emerging risks. These are new or unforeseen risks 
that we are conscious of, however their potential 
impact is not fully known. The Committee reviews 
these biannually alongside the principal risks and 
uncertainties. The Audit Committee has detailed 
below the risks it believes are emerging and the 
potential impact it may have on our principal risks:

Emerging risk

Impact on principal risk probabilities

Mitigating factors

Geo-political Crisis
A geopolitical dispute between China or India and the 
UK could result in foreign governments placing 
embargoes on their students coming to study in the UK.

–  Increase – E1 – Student Demand Risk
–  Increase – E3 – Property Market Risk 
–  Increase – E5 – Funding Risk 
–  Increase – E6 – Revenue Risk

–  Increase – E1 – Student Demand Risk 
–  Increase – E3 – Property Market Risk 
–  Increase – E6 – Revenue Risk 

–  Involvement with the BPF Student Accommodation 

Committee which lobbies the government on 
issues impacting the sector.

–   The UK Government has expressed its support for 
international students and the positive impact that 
they have on our economy.

–  Studies have revealed that a significant majority of 

students want to return to a campus-based 
experience as soon as possible.

–   University experience is seen as more of a life 
experience rather than just an educational 
stepping stone.

–  Increase – E1 – Student Demand Risk 
–  Increase – E3 – Property Market Risk 
–  Increase – E5 – Funding Risk 
–  Increase – E6 – Revenue Risk 
–  Increase – I1 – Health and Safety Risk 

–  There will be a move to more responsible 

landlords who can prove that their buildings are 
efficiently and ethically run which will be monitored 
by our ESG Committee.

–  Increase – E1 – Student Demand Risk 
–  Increase – E3 – Property Market Risk 
–  Increase – E5 – Funding Risk 
–  Increase – E6 – Revenue Risk

–  Reviewing our portfolio to ensure that we are 

aligned to cities with more than one university  
and which have strong financial backing. 

–  Increase – E1 – Student Demand Risk 
–  Increase – E3 – Property Market Risk 
–  Increase – E4 – Regulatory Risk 
–  Increase – E6 – Revenue Risk

–  We act as a responsible owner of student 

accommodation which does the right thing. Further 
legislation within the market may have a positive 
impact for the Group as less scrupulous suppliers 
are forced out of the market.

–  Increase – E1 – Student Demand Risk 
–  Increase – E3 – Property Market Risk 
–  Increase – E4 – Regulatory Risk
–  Increase – E5 – Funding Risk 
–  Increase – E6 – Revenue Risk
–  Increase – I1 – Health and Safety Risk 

–  Reviewing our marketing strategy and offering so 

that we appeal to UK nationals alongside 
international students.

–   The COVID-19 pandemic has shown that the 

robust and detailed protocols we have in place 
within our business can manage any impact.

Increasing Use of Online University Courses
The COVID-19 pandemic has forced universities and 
students into the use of online teaching methods.  
The fact that the pandemic has shown that this style  
of teaching can be effective to some degree could 
result in a long-term move towards online courses  
which would not require purpose-built student 
accommodation.

Climate Change 
Climate change has the potential to impact every 
business in the world. Climate change could impact 
planning legislation restricting supply of PBSA, cause 
flooding, increase government legislation across a  
wide range of areas and many other impacts. 
The increased awareness around this issue is going  
to bring these issues and risks to the foreground. 

University Funding
The level of funding, and how universities receive  
this, has changed significantly over the last 20 years.  
A number of universities are facing significant financial 
stress as a result of COVID-19 and there is a risk that  
a number of universities fall into administration. 
This would cause significant declines in student 
populations in the cities of the affected institution.

Introduction of Regulation of the Student  
Accommodation Industry
The COVID-19 pandemic has drawn attention to the  
vast range of level of service and corporate 
responsibility of providers within the student 
accommodation industry.
The industry is one which varies from HMO owners 
operating a handful of beds up to providers who 
operate tens of thousands of beds.
The support which providers and landlords provided to 
students in this pandemic has caused a lot of media 
attention and so there is a risk that regulation may be 
applied to the industry.

Pandemic
The COVID-19 pandemic is constantly evolving and 
there is a continued potential threat that new strains  
of the virus become more damaging.
This could impact many areas such as travel, both 
international and domestic, or future lockdowns.
There is also the potential risk of future pandemics  
from viruses which are as yet unknown.

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

047

STRATEGIC REPORTEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

048

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

Board of directors

mArK pAin

duncAn GArrood

lynnE FEnnAH

Jim proWEr

AlicE AViS

StuArt BEEVor

Appointed

Independent

Committee  
Memberships

Relevant Skills  
and Experience

Non-Executive Chairman

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial and  
Operating Officer

1 September 2018

28 September 2020

26 June 2017

Yes

N   R   A   E

No

E

No

E

–  Chartered accountant
–  Strong financial, customer and 

shareholder focus

–  Extensive experience of executive 
and non-executive roles in the real 
estate, financial services and 
consumer/leisure sectors

–  Strong operational, sales and 

marketing skills

–  Extensive experience of executive 
and roles in the consumer/leisure 
sectors

–  Significant expertise in the 

consumer and leisure sectors

–  Chartered accountant
–  Significant senior experience in the 
real estate and hospitality sectors, 
covering key areas such as finance, 
operations, tax, regulatory 
compliance, HR and IT

–  Appointed COO in July 2018

Principal External 
Appointments

–  Non-executive director – AXA 

–  None

Insurance UK

–  Chairman – London Square
–  Non-executive director – Close 

Brothers Group plc

–  Member – the Student 

Accommodation Committee of the 
British Property Federation
–  Non-executive Chairman –  

Home REIT plc

Senior Independent  

Non-Executive Director

28 May 2014

Yes

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

1 March 2019

Yes

1 January 2016

Yes

A   R   N    E  

R   N    E  

R   A   N    E  

–  Chartered accountant

–  Marketing, e-commerce, strategy 

–  Chartered surveyor

–  Worked in the property sector  

and operational experience across 

–  Over 35 years’ real estate 

since 1987

the consumer goods and retail 

experience

–  In-depth knowledge of financial 

sectors 

–  Strong leadership experience,  

matters, particularly in relation to the 

–  Expertise ranges across both large 

as executive and non-executive 

real estate sector through role as 

FTSE 100 organisations as well as 

director of a number of public and 

finance director at the Argent Group, 

smaller, entrepreneurial businesses 

private entities

developer of King’s Cross Central

–  Experienced in raising debt and 

equity financing for investment, 

development and working capital

–  Non-executive director and 

chairman of audit committee – 

Alternative Income REIT plc

–  Non-executive director of  

The PRS REIT plc

in the UK and internationally and in 

both executive and non-executive 

roles

–  Non-executive director of BGF  

–  Non-executive director –  

(the Business Growth Fund)

–  Non-executive director of  

ICG Longbow Senior Secured UK 

Property Debt Investments Limited

The Edrington Group Limited 

–  Chairman – Investment Advisory 

–  Non-executive director of Cyden Ltd

Board, Diversified Property Fund  

for Charities

–  Member – Investment committees  

of two DTZ Investors Pension Fund 

clients

–  Member – Greenwich Hospital 

Advisory Board

–  Legal & General Group UK Senior 

Pension Scheme trustee director

Significant Previous 
External Experience

–  Group finance director –  

Abbey National plc

–  Group finance director –  
Barratt Developments plc

–  Non-executive director – Ladbroke 
Coral Group plc, Aviva Insurance 
Limited, Spirit Pub Group plc, 
Johnston Press plc, Northern Rock, 
LSL Property Services and Punch 
Taverns plc 

–  Vice chairman and senior 
independent director – 
Yorkshire Building Society

–  CEO Ten Entertainment Group Plc
–  CEO Bills Restaurants
–  CEO Punch Taverns plc
–  President M.H. Alshaya
–  Commercial Director BAA plc

–  CFO – Palmer Capital Partners
–  European CFO – TOGA Group
–  Various senior roles including group 

financial and IT director of The 
Goodwood Estate Company Limited

–  Finance director and company 

–  Executive chairman of Lumene Oy 

–  Managing director –  

secretary at Argent Group, Minty plc, 

–  CEO of The Sanctuary Spa Group

Grosvenor Fund Management

Creston Land & Estates plc and 

–  Director of marketing and 

–  Managing director – 

NOBO Group plc

e-commerce at Marks and Spencer 

Legal & General Property Limited

–  Senior independent director –  

Group Plc

–  Non-executive director and 

Tritax Big Box REIT plc

–  Global brand director for Johnnie 

chairman of remuneration committee 

Walker at Diageo PLC

The Unite Group plc

Committees  N  Nomination  A  Audit  R  Remuneration  E  ESG   Chair

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

049

mArK pAin

duncAn GArrood

lynnE FEnnAH

Jim proWEr

AlicE AViS

StuArt BEEVor

Appointed

Independent

Committee  

Memberships

Relevant Skills  

and Experience

Non-Executive Chairman

Chief Executive Officer

1 September 2018

28 September 2020

26 June 2017

Yes

N   R   A   E

No

E

Chief Financial and  

Operating Officer

No

E

–  Chartered accountant

–  Strong operational, sales and 

–  Chartered accountant

–  Strong financial, customer and 

marketing skills

shareholder focus

–  Extensive experience of executive 

–  Extensive experience of executive 

and roles in the consumer/leisure 

and non-executive roles in the real 

sectors

estate, financial services and 

consumer/leisure sectors

–  Significant expertise in the 

consumer and leisure sectors

–  Significant senior experience in the 

real estate and hospitality sectors, 

covering key areas such as finance, 

operations, tax, regulatory 

compliance, HR and IT

–  Appointed COO in July 2018

Principal External 

Appointments

–  Non-executive director – AXA 

–  None

Insurance UK

–  Chairman – London Square

–  Non-executive director – Close 

Brothers Group plc

–  Member – the Student 

Accommodation Committee of the 

British Property Federation

–  Non-executive Chairman –  

Home REIT plc

Senior Independent  
Non-Executive Director

28 May 2014

Yes

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

1 March 2019

Yes

1 January 2016

Yes

A   R   N    E  

R   N    E  

R   A   N    E  

–  Chartered accountant
–  Worked in the property sector  

since 1987

–  In-depth knowledge of financial 

matters, particularly in relation to the 
real estate sector through role as 
finance director at the Argent Group, 
developer of King’s Cross Central
–  Experienced in raising debt and 
equity financing for investment, 
development and working capital

–  Marketing, e-commerce, strategy 

and operational experience across 
the consumer goods and retail 
sectors 

–  Expertise ranges across both large 
FTSE 100 organisations as well as 
smaller, entrepreneurial businesses 
in the UK and internationally and in 
both executive and non-executive 
roles

–  Non-executive director and 

chairman of audit committee – 
Alternative Income REIT plc
–  Non-executive director of  

The PRS REIT plc

–  Non-executive director of BGF  
(the Business Growth Fund)
–  Non-executive director of  

The Edrington Group Limited 

–  Non-executive director of Cyden Ltd

–  Chartered surveyor
–  Over 35 years’ real estate 

experience

–  Strong leadership experience,  

as executive and non-executive 
director of a number of public and 
private entities

–  Non-executive director –  

ICG Longbow Senior Secured UK 
Property Debt Investments Limited

–  Chairman – Investment Advisory 
Board, Diversified Property Fund  
for Charities

–  Member – Investment committees  
of two DTZ Investors Pension Fund 
clients

–  Member – Greenwich Hospital 

Advisory Board

–  Legal & General Group UK Senior 
Pension Scheme trustee director

Significant Previous 

External Experience

–  Group finance director –  

Abbey National plc

–  Group finance director –  

Barratt Developments plc

–  CEO Ten Entertainment Group Plc

–  CEO Bills Restaurants

–  CEO Punch Taverns plc

–  President M.H. Alshaya

–  Non-executive director – Ladbroke 

–  Commercial Director BAA plc

–  CFO – Palmer Capital Partners

–  European CFO – TOGA Group

–  Various senior roles including group 

financial and IT director of The 

Goodwood Estate Company Limited

–  Finance director and company 

secretary at Argent Group, Minty plc, 
Creston Land & Estates plc and 
NOBO Group plc

–  Senior independent director –  

Tritax Big Box REIT plc

–  Executive chairman of Lumene Oy 
–  CEO of The Sanctuary Spa Group
–  Director of marketing and 

–  Managing director –  

Grosvenor Fund Management

–  Managing director – 

e-commerce at Marks and Spencer 
Group Plc

Legal & General Property Limited

–  Non-executive director and 

–  Global brand director for Johnnie 

Walker at Diageo PLC

chairman of remuneration committee 
The Unite Group plc

Coral Group plc, Aviva Insurance 

Limited, Spirit Pub Group plc, 

Johnston Press plc, Northern Rock, 

LSL Property Services and Punch 

Taverns plc 

–  Vice chairman and senior 

independent director – 

Yorkshire Building Society

GOVERNANCE REPORTEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

050

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

chairman’s introduction to corporate Governance
and corporate Governance Statement

our Approach to corporate Governance 

company purpose and culture 

In my role as Chairman I am responsible for 

The Board defined the Company’s purpose 

leading the Board and ensuring that it maintains the 
highest standards of corporate governance whilst 
promoting long-term sustainable success. We have 
a clear framework in place for the way in which the 
Board operates to ensure we are working for the 
benefit of our shareholders, whilst taking into 
account all our other key stakeholders, in a legal, 
ethical and transparent manner. 

Our approach to corporate governance is 

based upon the principles and provisions of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code (the “Code”) 
published by the Financial Reporting Council 
(“FRC”). The current version of the Code was 
published in July 2018, for implementation from 
1 January 2019. 

The Company did not comply with Provision 
24 of the Code as the Chairman of Board has been 
made a member of the Audit Committee due to his 
significant level of experience as a chartered 
accountant. 

The following Corporate Governance Report 

sets out how the Company has applied the Code 
during the 2020 financial year. 

Board leadership and company purpose 
The Board 

The Board’s role is to promote the long-term 

success of the Company, generating value for 
shareholders and contributing to its key wider 
stakeholder groups. The Board leads and provides 
direction for the Executive Directors, by setting our 
Company objectives and overseeing the 
implementation of key operational policies 
throughout the business. The Executive Directors 
are responsible for managing our daily business 
activities and operations. 

The Board delegates appropriate matters  

to its Committees and reviews their terms of 
reference at least every other year. The last review 
of the terms of reference took place in March  
2020. Copies of these are available from the 
Company Secretary or the Company’s website 
www.empiric.co.uk

as set out on the inside front cover, ensuring it 
aligned with the Company’s strategic objectives as 
set out on page 12 and the interests of the 
Company’s key stakeholder groups. 

The purpose, which is based around 
providing our customers with safe, inspiring homes 
where they are able to reach their full potential, 
helped the Board to define a clear culture and 
Company values as defined on page 38. The Board 
and Senior Leadership Team have promoted these 
values throughout the business, ensuring they are 
implemented throughout our operational processes 
effectively. 

The Board regularly assesses how the 
purpose and values have been embedded into the 
Company culture through enquiries of the Senior 
Leadership Team, review of business performance 
and engagement with our people. The appointment 
of a new CEO will give the Board the opportunity to 
consider any recommended changes to enhance 
the culture of the business. 

Engagement with Our Key Stakeholders 

The new Code expects that the Board 
understands the views of the Company’s key 
stakeholders and takes account of their interests in 
discussions and decision-making. In order to be a 
sustainable business, the Company is committed to 
being financially secure so our shareholders can 
rely on us for the long term. The Board’s approach 
to corporate governance is also determined by, and 
takes account of, the interests of other key 
stakeholders, including customers, colleagues, and 
the communities in which we operate, as well as 
wider society. 

As per Provision 5 of the Code, the Board 
has chosen to engage with our people through a 
formal workforce advisory panel – the Colleague 
Forum (as detailed on page 37 of the Strategic 
Report). Further details of the Board’s engagement 
with the Colleague Forum can be found within the 
s.172 statement on page 40. 

mArK pAin
Non-Executive Chairman

We have a clear 
framework in place for the 
way in which the Board 
operates to ensure we are 
working for the benefit  
of our shareholders.

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

051

The Board acknowledges that work remains to be 
done by the Group to respond to the feedback 
received and to successfully enhance the 
operational performance of the business. The 
Board will continue to prioritise the interests of our 
key stakeholders in its decision-making process, 
ensuring that all changes support the strategy and 
generate returns over the longer term. 

The revised Code reflects the significant 
interest which has been shown in the need for 
effective corporate governance and is just one of 
several developments in legislation, regulation and 
guidance over the past few years. We are 
committed to ensuring we have the highest 
standards of corporate governance and during 
2021 will continue to monitor all future 
developments, implementing changes to enhance 
our existing good practice if required. 

division of responsibilities 

At the year end, the Board consisted of two 

Executive Directors and four Non-Executive 
Directors, including the Chairman. Changes to the 
Board membership during the year are discussed in 
the Chairman’s Statement on page 2 of the 
Strategic Report. Biographical information on each 
of the Directors is set out on pages 48 and 49. 

Managing Conflicts 

The Board has a commitment to consider the 

interests of all key stakeholders to the business, 
ensuring it manages any conflicts effectively. 

The key focus for the Board over the past 

few years has been on the interests of our 
shareholders. The Board, and senior management, 
have implemented various changes that have 
transformed the business to not only restore 
shareholder returns, but also place the business in 
a position where it is now able to grow sustainably 
and achieve our purpose. 

In 2020, with the transformation largely 

complete and the business facing the impact of 
COVID-19, the Board has taken a more balanced 
view of all key stakeholder groups – specifically, 
our people and our customers. Clearly, it has been 
important to keep our people and customers safe 
and secure and, as a consequence, preserve 
shareholder value.

As the business develops and grows, the 
Board understands that the interests of the key 
stakeholder groups will change. 

However, we will aim to regularly engage 
with the key stakeholder groups, ensuring they 
prioritise the interests of these groups in line with 
the business strategy. 

Significant progress has been made from 
engagement with our key stakeholders in 2020, 
despite the restrictions placed on us by COVID-19. 

Governance 
Structure

The Board

Nomination  
Committee
—
Read more on page 56

Audit  
Committee
—
Read more on page 57

Remuneration  
Committee
—
Read more on page 62

ESG  
Committee
—
Read more on page 32

Senior Leadership Team

GOVERNANCE REPORTEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

052

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

corporate Governance continued

Board roles

There is a clear division of responsibilities  

between the Chairman and Chief Executive. Their  
roles have been set out in writing and agreed by  
the Board. The primary responsibilities of the  
Directors are as follows:

Board Member

Primary Responsibilities

chairman – mark pain

cEo – duncan Garrood

cFo and coo – lynne Fennah

–  Leading the Board and ensuring its effectiveness; 
–  Reviewing the Company’s general progress and long-term development; and 
–  Ensuring the Company is meeting its responsibilities to all stakeholders.

–  Leading and developing the Company’s profitable operation and development;
–  Overseeing all activities of the business and leading the sales, marketing  

and operations functions;

–  Ensuring the objectives are in line with operational activities; and
–  Creating shareholder value over the long term. 

–  Overseeing business operations;
–  Leading the finance, FM and IT functions;
–  Producing timely and accurate financial information and analysis;
–  Raising and managing debt; 
–  Ensuring tax and regulatory compliance; and
–  Maintaining financial control. 

Senior independent non-Executive 
director – Jim prower

–  Acting as a sounding board for the Chairman and intermediary for the  

other Directors; and

–  Being available to shareholders to raise their concerns if they cannot be  

resolved through other channels. 

non-Executive directors –  
Alice Avis, Stuart Beevor

–  Providing constructive challenge;
–  Overseeing the Senior Leadership Team’s progress on implementing strategy  

and meeting objectives; and

–  Monitoring the reporting of performance.

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

053

Director Independence

The Board reviews the independence of the 

Chairman and Non-Executive Directors on an 
annual basis. For the financial year ending 
31 December 2020, all of the Non-Executive 
Directors, including the Chairman, are considered 
to be independent for the purposes of the Code.

Advice for Directors

The Directors have access to independent 
advice at the Company’s expense, if they judge it 
necessary to discharge their responsibilities. All 
Directors have access to the advice and services of 
FIM Capital Limited, which acts as our Company 
Secretary.

Board and Committee Meetings

The Board holds regular formal, scheduled 

meetings and additional meetings as required. The 
agenda for each meeting is typically set by the 
Chairman, with assistance from the Executive 
Directors. This agenda, along with the Board 
papers, are sent to all Directors three working days 
before the meetings. Any decisions and actions 
arising from the meetings are implemented by the 
Executive Directors and monitored by the Company 
Secretary. 

During the year, there were nine regular 
Board meetings and ten ad hoc meetings. The table 
below shows the Directors’ attendance at Board 
meetings in 2020. The figures in brackets show the 
number of meetings each Director was eligible to 
attend: 

Board and committee meetings 

Key Focus for 2021 
– 
– 
– 
– 

External review of Board performance 
Board succession planning 
Continuing investment in our employees 
 Encourage and grow initiatives in  
stakeholder engagement and environmental sustainability

Board Activities

Strategic Topic

Areas of Focus

customer Focus

–  Ensuring the safety of our customers is the Group’s key 

priority

–  Initiating a refund programme in April 2020, returning £6.5 

million to students impacted by COVID-19 

people

–  Reorganising the operational staffing structure
–  2020 colleague engagement survey
–  Decisions on remuneration in the context of COVID-19

Capital Efficiency

–  Suspension of dividend in March 2020 in light of the 

COVID-19 pandemic 

–  Refinancing and capital allocation to ensure liquidity and 

covenant headroom 
–  Investor engagement 

ESG

–  Agreeing and designing the terms of reference for the new 

ESG Committee launched in January 2021

–  Reviewing diversity and inclusion across our business

Board Regular

Ad Hoc

Board Agenda and Board Papers 

The formal agenda for regular Board meetings includes: 
health and safety; 
 a review of the performance of our property portfolio; 
 an assessment of our progress with new investment 
opportunities (the detailed proposals are prepared by the 
Executive Directors and reviewed and approved by the 
Board, as appropriate); 
a review of our strategy; 
 a review of our financial performance, forecasts and debt;  
 an update on the student accommodation sector; 
 an update on investor relations and shareholder analysis; 
a report on shareholder feedback;
 updates on regulatory, compliance or governance matters 
advised by the Company Secretary or other advisers; and 
 a report on public relations and press commentary. 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

These agenda items are also included within a 
comprehensive set of Board papers ahead of each Board 
meeting. 

Mark Pain

9(9)

7 (10)*

Tim Attlee 
Resigned 30 June 2020

Duncan Garrood   
Appointed 28 September 

2020

Lynne Fennah

Jim Prower

Stuart Beevor

Alice Avis 

4 (5)

5 (6)*

3 (3)

0 (0)

9(9)

9(9)

9(9)

9(9)

10 (10)

5 (10)*

5 (10)*

5 (10)*

*  ad hoc Board meetings were held to ratify and approve 
documentation for the Board-approved debt refinance.

Prior to each regular Board meeting, and 

subject to requirements, the Non-Executive 
Directors hold their own meeting to discuss matters 
they want to raise with the Executive Directors and 
any other relevant issues. The Non-Executive 
Directors also meet once without the Chairman to 
appraise his performance. This process is led by 
Jim Prower as the Senior Independent Director and 
considers the views of the Executive Directors.

GOVERNANCE REPORTEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

054

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

corporate Governance continued

composition, Succession and Evaluation  
Board Composition 

The Board has a combination of property, 
operational, financial and marketing skills and a 
variety of knowledge and experience for it to 
scrutinise business performance and propose 
changes accordingly. 

Each Board member’s length of service is 

reviewed on an annual basis and membership 
refreshed in line with the Code.  

Appointment of Directors 

The Executive Directors have contracts  

with the Company which include, for the CEO, a  
six month notice period and for the CFO/COO a  
12 month notice period and both contracts include 
restrictive covenants. The Non-Executive Directors 
have letters of appointment, which can be 
terminated in accordance with our Articles of 
Association and do not specify a notice period.  
The terms and conditions of appointment for the 
Non-Executive Directors are available for 
inspection at our registered office and at each 
Annual General Meeting (“AGM”). 

Directors who are appointed to the Board are 

required to be elected by shareholders at the next 
AGM. Duncan Garrood, our new CEO, is proposed 
for election to the Board at the AGM on 25 May 
2021. 

All appointments to the Board are subject to 
a formal, rigorous and transparent process. Further 
details can be found on page 56.  

Board Induction and Training

Duncan Garrood received a thorough formal 
induction on his appointment as CEO. This included 
meeting members of the Board, SLT, operations 
and head office teams, visits to a number of the 
Group’s sites and meetings with key advisers. 
He also met the Company’s five largest 
shareholders to understand their views on Empiric 
and its prospects. The Chairman designed the 
induction programme in conjunction with the Board. 

The Chairman reviews and discusses each 

Director’s individual training and development 
needs. The Board as a whole also receives 
briefings and training on relevant topics. Empiric 
also benefits from the Non-Executive Directors’ 
membership of other boards. This gives them 
experience and training they can apply directly to 
our business. In addition, the Board receives 
regular publications on key topics from our advisers 
and other professional services firms. 

Board Succession and Elections

Board succession is reviewed at every 

Nominations Committee meeting. See page 56 
 for detail.

In line with leading practice, each Director 
will submit themselves annually for re-election at 
the AGM. Mark Pain, Lynne Fennah, Jim Prower, 
Stuart Beevor and Alice Avis will therefore stand for 
re-election at the AGM on 25 May 2021. Duncan 
Garrood will be submitted for election at the AGM 
as he was appointed during the year. The formal 
performance evaluation carried out in December 
2020 confirmed that the performance of each of 
the Directors continues to be effective and that 
they demonstrate commitment to their roles.

Board Performance and Evaluation 

In November 2020, the Chairman led an 
internal evaluation of the effectiveness of the Board 
and its Committees. 

Board diversity

Independence

Exec

Non-Exec

Tenure

0-3 years

0

3+ years

Gender

Female

Male

0

0

2

2

3

3

4

4

6

6

6

The Board effectiveness 
review delivered a set of 
largely positive results with 
evidence of incremental 
improvements over the 
past year.

The key topics covered in the evaluation 

Board composition including the mix of skills,  

Board discussions, including risk 

succession planning for the Board and the 

roles and responsibilities of the Board as a 

included: 
– 
experience, knowledge and diversity; 
– 
Senior Leadership Team; 
– 
whole, and each of the Committees; 
– 
management and stakeholder engagement, and a 
review of the decisions arising from these 
discussions; 
– 
information by the Board; 
– 
training and support available to all Board 
members; 
– 
Independent Director); and
– 

conduct of Board meetings and access to 

Chairman’s performance (led by Senior 

induction for new Board members, and 

effectiveness of all Committees. 

The results of the evaluation were reviewed  

by the Chairman and reported to the Board in the 
December 2020 meeting.

The Board effectiveness review delivered a 

set of largely positive results with evidence of 
incremental improvements over the past year and 
concluded that the Board and its Committees 
continued to operate effectively throughout 2020. 
Nevertheless, a number of suggested 
enhancements are proposed for 2021, which 
include: 
– 
The Board needs to develop a more 
comprehensive succession plan for the Executive 
Directors and Senior Leadership Team including an 
assessment of organisational talent.
– 
There is a requirement to refresh the 
organisation’s vision and values, frame the target 
culture, lead and drive the organisation’s vision, 
values and culture ensuring consistent leadership 
and behaviours through all levels of the 
organisation, and,
– 
ensure that there is a clear strategy, aligned with 
the values and culture of the organisation.
– 
The Audit and Risk Committee needs to 
ensure that the Committee has an appropriate 
understanding, review, and approval of internal 
control work activity and that there is an embedded 
and fully functioning risk framework with 
appropriate risk appetites and limits.

With a new CEO in place, the Board needs to 

These topics will be progressed at the Board 

and Audit and Risk Committee in 2021. 

 
 
AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

055

Update on Actions Arising from the 2019 Board 
Evaluation 

In December 2019, the Chairman conducted 

an internal evaluation of the effectiveness of the 
Board and its Committees. The table below outlines 
the improvement areas identified in this evaluation, 
and the progress made on these during 2020. 

Key Finding

Actions Taken

the Audit and risk committee 
to better understand, review and 
approve internal control work 
and the results of internal 
control activity

–  During the year the Audit Committee reviewed the internal controls of the Group, through a paper tabled at the 

Committee. The Committee did not find any control deficiencies.

–  Due to the inboarding of the revenue management system happening over the next year, the Audit Committee 

will review closely the new processes and controls required around this key function.

the Audit and risk committee 
to increase focus on embedding 
the risk management framework 

–  During 2020 the operational resilience of the business was fully tested as a result of the impact of COVID-19. 

Our field-based teams kept all of our properties open and provided a safe, secure environment for our 
customers and colleagues. Our office-based colleagues were able to work from home.

–  Nevertheless, we still have work to do to evolve the risk framework, set risk appetite and monitor.

development of a more 
comprehensive succession plan 
for Executive and non-Executive 
directors.

–  Non-Executive Director succession plan agreed at the Nominations Committee.
–  Progress made on Executive succession with the recruitment of a new CEO and a new Head of Property with  
a largely complete and performing Senior Leadership Team and an invigorated Hello Student® resourcing plan.

–  Develop a comprehensive Executive succession plan and organisational talent by May 2021.

Audit, risk and internal control 

Going concern

Internal Controls and Risk Management 

The Board is responsible for maintaining the 

Company’s systems of internal controls and risk 
management, in order to safeguard the Company’s 
assets. These processes are designed to identify, 
manage and mitigate both the key principal risks 
and emerging risks inherent to the business. The 
system is also designed to manage, rather than 
eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business 
objectives and can only provide reasonable,  
but not absolute, assurance against material 
misstatement or loss. Please refer to pages 42 to 46 
for more information on our principal risks and 
uncertainties.

The Board regularly monitors the Company’s 

risk management and internal control systems 
which have been in place for the year under review 
and up to the date of approval of the Annual Report 
and Accounts, including receiving reports from the 
external auditor. The Board also conducts a formal 
risk assessment (for both principal and emerging 
risks) on an annual basis. 

Our non-financial internal controls include 

the systems of operational and compliance controls 
maintained by our finance team. We also have our 
Company Secretary which has its own systems of 
internal controls in relation to these matters, details 
of which the Board reviewed in our Financial 
Position and Prospects Procedures memorandum. 

The Board does not consider, given the 
current size and centralised control of the business, 
that a full-time internal audit function is required. 
Please refer to page 57 of the Audit Committee 
Report for more information. 

The financial position of the Company and 

Group, its cash flows, liquidity position and 
borrowing facilities are described in the Operational 
and Financial Review on pages 28 to 31. Detailed 
forecasts have been prepared and the Directors 
have considered the future cash requirements of 
the Group and concluded that they have sufficient 
capacity to meet all their commitments. A full 
summary of equity and debt financing are detailed 
on page 31.

As such, the Directors believe that the 

Company and Group are well placed to manage 
their financing and other business risks. The Board 
is, therefore, of the opinion that the going concern 
basis of accounting adopted in the preparation  
of the Annual Report is appropriate for at least 
12 months from the date of approval of the  
Annual Report.

– 
The Company has a continuing 
process for identifying, evaluating and 
managing the risks it faces. Further 
details are set out on page 42.
The Directors have carried out a 
– 
robust assessment of the principal risks 
facing the Company, including those that 
would threaten its business model, 
future performance, solvency or liquidity. 
The principal risks, and the procedures 
for managing or mitigating them, are set 
out on pages 42 to 46.
– 
taken as a whole is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Group’s position and 
performance, business model and 
strategy. See page 73 for more 
information.

The Annual Report and Accounts 

compliance Statements

The Directors confirm that to the best of  

Approval of the Strategic report

The Strategic Report for the year 

ended 31 December 2020 has been 
approved by the Board and was signed 
off on its behalf by:

mark pain
Non-Executive Chairman | 16 March 2021

The Group is well placed to manage its 

The Strategic Report, which the Board has 

our knowledge:
– 
financing and other business risks. The Board is 
therefore of the opinion that it is appropriate to 
adopt the going concern basis of accounting in 
preparing the Annual Report and Accounts (see 
page 43 for more information).
– 
approved, includes a review of the performance of 
the Group taken as a whole, together with a 
description of the principal risks and the 
uncertainties it faces.
– 
position and the impact of the principal risks 
documented in the Strategic Report, the Directors 
have a reasonable expectation that the Company 
will remain viable and continue to operate and meet 
its liabilities as they fall due, over the period to 
31 December 2023. Further details are set out in 
the Viability Statement on page 43, and in the 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties section on  
pages 42 to 46.

Taking into account the Group’s current 

GOVERNANCE REPORTEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

056

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

nomination committee report

mArK pAin
Nomination Committee Chairman

During the year, the 
Committee oversaw the 
appointment of a new 
CEO and a new Head of 
Property. It also oversaw  
a review of Non-Executive 
Director succession. 

committee membership and meetings 

Mark Pain

Jim Prower

Stuart Beevor

Alice Avis 

Meetings

4 (4)

4 (4)

4 (4)

4 (4)

meetings and Activities 

The Nomination Committee met four times 

during the year. The main issues the Committee 
discussed were:
– 
– 

The resignation of Tim Atlee
 The appointment of Duncan Garrood as CEO 
and Will Atkinson as Head of Property
 Succession planning for the Board and 
Senior Leadership Team.

– 

Appointment of a new cEo and Head of property

Following the resignation of Tim Atlee as 

CEO on 17 March 2020, the Board, led by the 
Chairman with the full support of the Nominations 
Committee, commenced a process for finding a 
successor. The Board put together a detailed role 
specification. Following a competitive tender 
process and meetings with four leading search 
firms, Redgrave Partners were appointed to lead 
the search process. Redgrave has no connection 
with the Group, other than providing this type of 
service. Having conducted a market-wide search 
across a range of industry sectors, a long list was 
generated, and following review by the Chairman 
and the Nominations Committee, a total of 13 
candidates were initially interviewed.

A short list of six candidates was taken 
through for formal assessment which included 
interviews with all Board members. Two candidates 
were taken through for further interview, 
psychometric testing and independent referencing. 
The Board unanimously agreed to the appointment 
of Duncan Garrood, who was appointed with effect 
from 28 September 2020. 

28 September 2020. Will has completed a thorough 
induction process which included meeting relevant 
professional advisers, the Senior Leadership Team, 
and Board members. In addition, Will, has visited 
the majority of the Company’s properties.

Succession planning 

The Committee is responsible for reviewing 
the succession plans for the Board. The succession 
plans for the Executive Directors are prepared on a 
short and long-term basis, while the Non-Executive 
Director’s succession planning mirrors the breadth 
of skills and experience the current Board holds. 

Due to the importance of the succession 

planning to the business, the matter was discussed 
at a full Board meeting in December 2020, with 
further actions to be implemented. 

The Committee will continue to review this in 

2021. 

independence and re-election 

All Directors are subject to annual re-election 

at the AGM, and the Board will recommend 
reappointment as part of the AGM notice. Prior to 
recommending the reappointment of any Director 
to the Board, the Committee assesses their 
continued independence, the time commitment 
required and whether the reappointment would be 
in the best interests of the Group. Following the 
review, the Committee is recommending the 
reappointment of all Directors. 

Biographies for each Director can be found 

on pages 48 to 49. 

Duncan completed a thorough induction 

Board diversity 

process which included meeting all of the 
Company’s professional advisers, the Senior 
Leadership Team, and Board members. In addition, 
Duncan has spent a considerable amount of time 
visiting a large number of the Group’s properties. 
Details of Duncan’s previous external experience 
and external appointments can be found on page 
48. 

The Nominations Committee also 

commenced the search for a new Head of Property. 
It followed much the same process as the search for 
the CEO. The Board put together a detailed role 
specification. Redgrave Partners were appointed to 
lead the search process given their knowledge of 
the business gathered from the CEO search and 
their expertise in recruiting property professionals. 
Redgrave conducted a market-wide search across 
a range of industry sectors, and generated a long 
list. A total of six candidates were initially 
interviewed.

A short list of two candidates was taken 

through for formal assessment and interviews with 
the incoming CEO and Lynne Fennah the CFO/
COO. Will Atkinson joined the Company on 

The Committee, Board and Group recognise 

the benefits of diversity in its broadest sense, 
including gender, ethnicity, age and educational 
and professional background. Diversity is key, both 
when searching for Board appointments and when 
the Group is searching for other appointments. 
However, we do not believe it is in the interests of 
the Group and its shareholders to set prescriptive 
targets for diversity on the Board. Where vacancies 
arise, we consider diversity but, ultimately, we look 
to appoint the best candidate for the role. During 
2020 female Directors made up one third of the 
Board, in line with the voluntary target set by the 
Hampton-Alexander Review. 

More information about gender diversity in 

the Group as a whole can be found on page 54. 

mark pain 
Nomination Committee Chairman | 16 March 2021 

 
AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

057

Audit committee report

Jim proWEr
Audit Committee Chairman 

The Committee met  
three times during the  
year and continued  
to implement its  
regular agenda.

committee membership and meetings
Meetings

Mark Pain

Jim Prower

Stuart Beevor

3 (3)

3 (3)

3 (3)

We considered BDO’s compensation, 
performance and independence during the year. 
The Committee met with key members of the audit 
team, including the lead audit engagement partners 
and BDO has formally confirmed its independence, 
as part of the annual reporting process. The 
Committee regularly liaises with the lead audit 
partner to discuss any issues arising from the audit, 
as well as its cost-effectiveness.

The Committee recognises the importance 

of auditor objectivity and has developed the 
Company’s policy on engaging the external auditor 
to supply non-audit services, by considering the 
Financial Reporting Council’s Ethical Standard 
Number Five (revised 2019). This relates to 
non-audit services provided to audited entities and 
sets out the six principal threats to objectivity and 
independence. Our aim is to ensure that providing 
such services does not impair the auditor’s 
independence and objectivity.

We keep the policy and its application under 

constant review, particularly at the time of new 
engagements, to make sure that audit 
independence and objectivity is not impaired. 
During the year, BDO did not provide any non-audit 
services to the Group outside of the interim report.

KPMG LLP continue to support us as provider 

of tax compliance and advisory services to the 
Group.

internal Audit

The Audit Committee has reviewed whether 

the Group needs an internal audit function. The 
Committee has again concluded that an internal 
audit function is unnecessary due to the Group’s 
size and structure and the nature of its activities. 
The Group does not hold, for example, large 
quantities of cash or stock, and the risks we face 
are readily apparent and do not need an internal 
audit function to identify them.

The Audit Committee reviews the 
effectiveness of the internal controls through 
receiving reports by the Group Financial Controller 
on the internal controls in place within the Group. 
No significant weaknesses were identified through 
the course of the Audit Committee’s reviews which 
gave the Committee comfort over the veracity of 
the controls in place.

Monitoring the integrity of the Company’s 

Review the integrity of the full and half year 

role and responsibilities of the Audit committee
– 
Review the work of the external auditor and 
valuers and the significant financial judgements 
made by management.
– 
financial statements and any formal announcements 
relating to financial performance, and considering 
significant financial reporting issues, judgements 
and estimates.
– 
financial statements, including consideration of 
material estimates and areas of judgement 
exercised in their preparation.
– 
Advise the Board on various statements 
made in the Annual Report, including those on 
viability, going concern, risk and controls and 
whether, when read as a whole, the Annual Report 
is fair, balanced and understandable and provides 
the information necessary for shareholders to 
assess performance, the business model and 
strategy.
– 
auditor, assessing effectiveness and making 
recommendations to the Board on the appointment 
of, and the policy for non-audit services provided 
by, the external auditor.
– 
ensure that risks are carefully identified and 
assessed, and that systems of risk management 
and internal control are in place and effective.
– 
Consider the need for an internal audit 
function.
– 

Review the risk management framework and 

Oversight and remuneration of the external 

Review the whistleblowing arrangements. 

The Audit Committee’s terms of reference 

are on Empiric’s website at: https://www.empiric. 
co.uk/investor-information/company-documents

meetings and Activities

The Audit Committee met three times during 

the year, coinciding with key events in the annual 
financial reporting cycle. All the Committee 
members attended these meetings, as well as the 
CEO, the Chief Financial and Operating Officer and 
representatives of our external auditor BDO LLP 
(“BDO”), our external valuer CBRE and the 
Company’s Administrator, FIM Capital Limited. The 
Audit Committee also met with the auditor without 
any representative of the Executive Team present.

External Auditor and other Services

BDO have been our auditor since 2014 and 

during the year we reviewed BDO’s appointment as 
the Group’s external auditor. Following this review, 
we decided to retain BDO and have therefore 
recommended a resolution for BDO’s 
reappointment to be proposed to shareholders at 
the AGM.

GOVERNANCE REPORTEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

058

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

Audit committee report continued

External Valuers 

The Committee monitored the objectivity 
and independence of CBRE during the year. The 
valuers have confirmed that they are appropriately 
qualified to carry out the valuations and that fees 
received are not a material part of their overall fee 
income. Furthermore, the lead partner and 
signatory on the valuation have changed in the 
year. The Committee remains satisfied that the 
valuers are objective and independent.

Whistleblowing

The Committee is responsible for reviewing 

the arrangements by which staff can raise 
concerns, in confidence, about any possible 
improprieties relating to financial reporting or other 
matters. During the year we have reviewed our 
Whistleblowing Policy and ensured it has been 
widely published throughout the Group. Our view  
is that the Group has suitable arrangements for 
proportionately and independently investigating 
such matters and for appropriate follow-up action.

Share capital Structures

The share capital structure and restrictions 

are covered in detail in the Directors’ Report on 
pages 71 and 72.

Financial Reporting and Significant Judgement

The Committee monitors the integrity of the 
financial information published in the half year and 
annual financial statements and considers the 
extent to which suitable accounting policies have 
been adopted, presented and disclosed. In 
assessing this, we consider whether management 
has made suitable and appropriate estimates and 
judgements and seek support from the external 
auditor to assess them.

The significant issues considered by the 

Committee in relation to the financial statements 
during the year ended 31 December 2020, and the 
actions taken to address these issues, are set out in 
the following table:

Significant issues considered

How these issues were addressed

Going concern and Viability Statement 
The appropriateness of preparing the Group financial statements 
on a going concern basis. Whether the assessment undertaken by 
management regarding the Group’s long-term viability 
appropriately reflects the prospects of the Group and covers an 
appropriate period of time.

–  The Committee considered whether management’s assessment adequately 
reflected the Group’s low risk appetite and principal risks as disclosed on 
pages 42 to 46; whether the three-year period covered by the statement was 
reasonable given the strategy of the Group and the current environment in 
which the business operates in. 

–  The Committee also reviewed whether the assumptions and sensitivities stress 

tested were adequate and whether the stress testing represented severe 
enough scenarios.

–  The Committee concurred with management’s assessment and recommended 

the viability statement to the Board. The viability statement, together with 
details on the assessment undertaken and stress tests applied, is set out on 
page 43.

Valuation of property portfolio 
The valuation of investment and development properties 
conducted by external valuers is inherently subjective as it is 
undertaken on the basis of assumptions made by the valuers 
which may not prove to be accurate. The outcome of the valuation 
is significant to the Group in terms of investment decisions and 
results.

–  CBRE independently values the individual properties in accordance with IAS 
40: Investment Property. The Committee has reviewed the assumptions in 
respect of the property valuations, discussed and challenged them with 
management and our external valuers CBRE, and concluded that the valuation 
is appropriate.

–  Separately, our auditor has met with CBRE to challenge and independently 

audit their valuation.

coVid-19 
The impact of COVID-19 on the assessment of the Group’s 
principal risks and uncertainties, risk appetite and viability 
statement.

–  A detailed analysis of the impacts of COVID-19 on the Group’s principal risks 

and uncertainties is detailed on pages 42 to 46.

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

059

conclusions in respect of the company’s Annual 
report

The production and the audit of the Annual 

Report is a comprehensive process, requiring input 
from several different contributors. To reach a 
conclusion on whether the Annual Report taken as 
a whole is fair, balanced and understandable, as 
required by the Code, the Board has requested that 
the Audit Committee advises on whether it 
considers that the Annual Report fulfils these 
requirements.

In outlining our advice, we considered the 

following:
– 
the controls in place for the production of the 
Annual Report, including the verification processes 
to confirm the factual content; and
– 
the detailed reviews undertaken at various 
stages of the production process by the Executive 
Directors, Company Secretary, legal adviser, 
auditor and the Audit Committee, which are 
intended to ensure consistency and overall 
balance.

As a result of this work, the Committee has 

concluded and reported to the Board that the 
Annual Report for the year ended 31 December 
2020, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the 
Company’s performance, business model and 
strategy. The Board’s conclusions in this respect 
are set out in the Directors’ Responsibilities 
Statement on page 73.

Jim prower
Audit Committee Chairman | 16 March 2021

GOVERNANCE REPORTEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

060

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

Statement from the chairman of the remuneration committee

Alignment with the Company’s strategy and 

Activities
– 
shareholders’ interests
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
workforce including gender pay and pensions
– 

The impact of COVID-19 
Remuneration for new CEO
Exit terms for outgoing CEO
Reward decisions
Workplace engagement
Remuneration and benefits of wider 

CEO pay ratio and internal proportionality

StuArt BEEVor
Remuneration Committee Chairman

Our CEO succession, 
culminating in the 
appointment of Duncan 
Garrood, and proactively 
managing the consequences 
of COVID-19, dominated 
our activity in 2020. The 
Remuneration Committee 
continues to focus on 
aligning executive rewards 
with shareholders’ best 
interests; and the 
remuneration and benefits 
of the Company’s wider 
workforce.

committee membership and meetings
Meetings

Stuart Beevor 

Mark Pain

Jim Prower

Alice Avis 

6 (6)

6 (6)

5 (6)

6 (6)

Business context

Empiric entered 2020 with positive momentum 

following two years of successful operational 
turnaround. This has involved significant restructuring 
and in-housing of operations to reduce costs and 
improve efficiency. This was critical in differentiating 
our customer offer through Hello Student® and 
delivering our “homes not halls” service-led 
proposition. We were confident that 2020 would see 
the delivery of continued improvements in operating 
margin and a substantially covered dividend. 

COVID-19 materially impacted our occupancy 

resulting in the suspension of dividend payments 
and an intense period of managing operations and 
costs. However, by offering customer refunds and 
the huge commitment of all our colleagues to 
proactively ensure all our buildings are safe, we 
believe the challenges have reinforced our Hello 
Student® brand and Empiric’s culture and values. 
The Remuneration Committee is extremely 

mindful of the hard work of our colleagues in 
putting our customers first, which will prove crucial 
to the Company’s future success. Whilst we have 
taken difficult decisions during this period, we are 
clear that remuneration needs to motivate and 
reward continued hard work and commitment; and 
that openness and transparency are important 
elements of our culture and values. 

Approximately 100 staff were placed on 
short-term furlough during the first lockdown in 
spring 2020, which was funded directly by the 
Company. No government support was sought  
or received.

Workplace Engagement

Our staff play a central role in offering great 

service to our customers delivered through the 
successful internalisation of operations.

The Colleague Forum is a formal workforce 

advisory panel consisting of 12 employee 
representatives across the Group. It met ten times 
in 2020 and is supported by Alice Avis, a member 
of the Board and Remuneration Committee.

We also undertook two colleague 
engagement surveys in 2020 with the output 
showing positive results (for further information see 
page 15, Developing our People).

remuneration policy

The Remuneration Policy was approved by 
shareholders at the AGM in May 2020 and will be 
next fully reviewed in 2023. 

Appointment of New Chief Executive Officer

The CEO succession was a pivotal event in 

2020 and the Company was, following a 
competitive selection process, pleased to 
announce the appointment of Duncan Garrood with 
effect from 28 September 2020. His salary of 
£400,000, will be next reviewed with effect from 
1 January 2022 and he will participate in the annual 
bonus and LTIP schemes in 2021 on a consistent 
basis with the CFO/COO. Duncan’s pension 
provision has been set at 7.5% of salary in alignment 
with the level available to the majority of the 
workforce. Following his appointment, Duncan 
received a 2020 LTIP award over 400,000 shares 
which the Remuneration Committee decided was 
an appropriate award level having taken into 
account various factors including the share price at 
grant and his non-eligibility for any 2020 annual 
bonus. The vesting of the LTIP award is subject to 
two performance measures each being 50% of the 
award. Firstly, Total Accounting Return (“TAR”) 
relative to threshold and maximum targets for the 
period 1 July 2020 to 30 June 2023, with TAR being 
the combined Net Asset Value growth and 
dividends. 25% of the award will vest for meeting a 
threshold TAR target of 6% pa. increasing to 100% 
vesting for meeting a maximum target of 10% pa. 
Secondly, Total Shareholder Return (TSR) relative to 
the FTSE All Share Real Estate Companies peer 
group, with 25% of the award for median 
performance and 100% for 75th percentile 
performance (straight line between) for the period 
1 October 2020 to 30 September 2023.

There were no buy-out costs associated with 

this appointment. 

Exit terms for outgoing cEo

Following announcement of his intention to 

step down, Tim Attlee’s 12-month contractual notice 
period began on 18 March 2020 and his 
employment as Chief Executive Officer terminated 
on 30 June 2020. The full terms of Tim’s exit 
remuneration arrangements are set out on page 68.

other reward decisions

During Q3 2020, the Company was between 

Chief Executive Officers and, as a consequence, 
Lynne Fennah assumed significant additional 
responsibilities and extra workload during this 
period further to her standard CFO/COO role. In 
recognition of her enhanced role, the Remuneration 
Committee temporarily increased Lynne’s salary 
during Q3 by means of an acting-up allowance of 
£20,000. This allowance, which ceased on the 
appointment of Duncan Garrood, was not included 
in salary for purposes of calculating pension, bonus 
or LTIP.

Lynne was granted an LTIP award in April 

2020 over shares worth in aggregate 150% of her 
2020 salary. 

Lynne’s salary was considered for review 

with effect from 1 January 2021, however due to the 
impact of COVID-19, no increase was considered 
appropriate. 

Our current Policy remains compliant with 

Due to the impact of COVID-19 on the 

key remuneration requirements of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code including discretion 
for Committee override of formulaic outcomes from 
incentive plans, a minimum five-year release period 
for LTIP awards, alignment of pension provision for 
new Executive Directors with the rate available to 
the majority of the workforce and a post-
employment shareholding requirement. 

A summary of our Remuneration Policy is set 

out on pages 62 to 64.

Company the Remuneration Committee, in 
conjunction with the Executive Directors, exercised 
discretion and decided that no bonus payments 
would be made to Executive Directors, or any other 
employee, in respect of 2020. The LTIP awards 
granted in December 2017 and May 2018, and the 
2017 Value Delivery Plan award all lapsed or will 
lapse in full.

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

061

Leadership Team (the level immediately below the 
Executive comprising six members) will be awarded 
an LTIP in 2021, subject to the same performance 
conditions as Executive.

Subject to AGM approval we are planning to 
launch a save as you earn share scheme in 2021 to 
allow our people the opportunity to buy into the 
success of our Company.

Strategic and Shareholder Alignment

Annual bonus performance measures 

In setting Executive remuneration in 2021, 
the Committee has continued to seek alignment 
with Empiric’s strategic priorities and shareholder 
interests. In particular:
– 
continue to be focused on objectives critical to 
delivering the improvement in corporate 
performance (optimising income and managing 
costs carefully to deliver profit to reinstate the 
dividend as soon as feasible) and individual 
executive specific strategic measures.
– 
shareholder value creation through participation in 
long-term incentive plans that reward growth in 
NAV plus dividends and relative shareholder 
returns.
– 
retain significant holdings of Empiric shares 
equivalent to 200% of salary which directly align 
them with other shareholders. 

Executives are aligned with the principle of

The Directors are required to build up and

Full details of how the Remuneration Policy 

will be applied during 2021, as well as how 
Directors were paid in 2020, are set out on pages 
65 to 67. There will be an advisory shareholder vote 
on this section of the Remuneration Report at our 
2021 AGM.

As always, we greatly value engagement 

with our shareholders and the constructive 
feedback we receive and look forward to your 
support at the forthcoming AGM.

Stuart Beevor
Remuneration Committee Chairman | 16 March 2021

The Executive bonus plan arrangements for 
2021 follow the same structure as 2020, with three 
equally weighted objectives, which for 2021 are 
revenue, costs and specific individual objectives. 
Both Executive Directors will receive LTIP 
awards in 2021 over shares worth 150% of salary 
with the number of shares determined by the 
average share price in the 12 months preceding 
grant. The vesting of the LTIP award is subject to 
two performance measures each being 50% of the 
award for the period 1 January 2021 to 31 December 
2023. Firstly, TAR relative to threshold and 
maximum targets, with TAR being the combined 
Net Asset Value growth and dividends. 25% of the 
award will vest for meeting a threshold TAR target 
of 6% pa. increasing to 100% vesting for meeting a 
maximum target of 10% pa. Secondly, TSR relative 
to the FTSE All Share Real Estate Companies peer 
group, with 25% of the award vesting for median 
performance and 100% for 75th percentile 
performance (straight line between).

Gender pay

The Group believes in creating a diverse  

and gender balanced workforce which reflects the 
customers and communities we serve and we 
provide training and support that ensures our 
colleagues can deliver their best at work. This is the 
second year where we are required to report upon 
the gender pay gap within our subsidiary, Hello 
Student® Management Limited. The fact that we 
placed some of our people on furlough (while not 
claiming government funds) has affected the results 
slightly. Our analysis based on data available on 
5 April 2020 shows that the mean gender pay gap 
is 6.04% (with females paid more than males) and 
the mean gender bonus gap is -35.03% (females 
paid higher bonuses than males). Note the 
reporting period is for the year to April 2020 and 
the fact that no bonuses were paid in 2020 will 
impact next year’s gender pay reporting. This 
reflects a greater proportion of females than males 
who were in roles eligible for and subsequently 
awarded a bonus payment. We are committed to 
minimising any gender pay and bonus gaps, to 
providing fair and competitive pay and benefits as 
well as continuously improving the experience of all 
colleagues in respect of equality, diversity and 
inclusion. Full details with a supporting narrative  
are published on Hello Student® website,  
www.hellostudent.co.uk, in accordance with the 
reporting required under the UK Equality Act 2010 
(Gender Pay Gap Information) Regulations Act 2017.

cEo pay ratio and internal proportionality

Under the requirements introduced by The 
Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 
2018 we have calculated the CEO to employee pay 
ratio for the Group.

Using the methodology, the CEO pay ratio 
when compared against the median employee is 
23:1; full details are set out on page 69. The 
Remuneration Committee believes in reward 
packages that are externally competitive and 
internally proportionate, meaning the CEO is the 
employee with the highest proportion of variable 
pay as he has the highest level of responsibility.

The Remuneration Committee considered 
remuneration throughout the Company and, with 
support from the Board, it was decided that no 
employee will be paid less than the Living Wage 
with effect from 1 January 2021, employees in 
bands 3 and 4 (the Company has six bands with 
senior managers in band 6) will receive 7.5% 
pension contribution and that the Senior 

GOVERNANCE REPORTEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

062

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

remuneration committee report

Our Directors’ Remuneration Policy was
approved by shareholders at the Annual General
Meeting held on 7 May 2020 and
came into effect immediately thereafter.

policy table for Executive directors

Summary of policy report

There is no shareholder vote on the Policy at the 2021 AGM 

but, for shareholders’ reference, an extract from the Policy 
containing the Policy Tables for Executive and Non-Executive 
Directors has been included below. The full Policy can be found in 
the Notice of Annual General Meeting issued on 27 March 2020 
which is on our website at www.empiric.co.uk/investor-information 
and in the 2019 Annual Report pages 52-58.

Fixed pay

Component

Base salary

Component

Benefits

Purpose and link to 
strategy

Operation

Maximum

Performance framework

Core element of 
remuneration set at 
a level to attract and 
retain Executive 
Directors of the 
required calibre to 
deliver the 
Company’s 
investment 
objectives 
successfully.

Fixed cash paid monthly 
generally reviewed annually.
The review takes into 
consideration a number of 
factors, including but not  
limited to:
–  the individual Director’s role, 
experience and performance;

–  business performance;
–  relevant data on 

remuneration levels paid for 
comparable roles; and

–  pay and conditions 

elsewhere in the Company.

None.

To avoid setting the 
expectations of Executive 
Directors and other employees, 
there is no overall maximum 
salary for Executive Directors 
under the Remuneration Policy.
Any increase in salaries will be 
determined by the 
Remuneration Committee, 
taking into account the factors 
stated in this table and the 
following principles:

–  Salary increases for 

Executive Directors will 
typically be in line with the 
average salary increase (in 
percentage of salary terms) 
for other permanent 
employees.

–  Increases may be made 
above this in certain 
circumstances, such as:
–  progression within the role;
–  increase in scope and 

responsibility of the role;
–  increase in experience 
where an individual has 
been recruited on a lower 
salary initially; and
–  increase in size and 
complexity of the 
Company.

Purpose and link to 
strategy

Operation

Maximum

Performance framework

To provide 
market-competitive 
benefits.

pension

To provide 
market-competitive 
retirement benefits.

Benefits are role specific and 
take into account local market 
practice.
Benefits currently include (but 
are not limited to) reimbursed 
travel expenses, medical 
insurance, disability and life 
insurance and a car allowance.

The Company either contributes 
to the Directors’ personal 
pension arrangements or direct 
to their pension plans.
Alternatively, Directors may 
receive a cash allowance in lieu 
of pension.

None.

There is no overall maximum 
level, but benefits are set at an 
appropriate level for the specific 
nature of the role and depend 
on the annual cost of providing 
individual benefits.

None.

Current Executive Directors 
receive a contribution of up to 
15% of base salary to a pension 
plan and/or as a cash allowance 
in lieu of pension.
The level of pension provision 
for any future Executive Director 
appointment will be limited to 
that offered to the majority of 
the workforce.

Maximum

Performance framework

The maximum annual bonus 
opportunity is 150% of base 
salary per annum.
Each year the Remuneration 
Committee will determine the 
maximum annual bonus 
opportunity for each individual 
Executive Director within 
this limit.

The bonus is based on 
performance assessed over 
one year using appropriate 
financial, strategic and personal 
performance measures.
The selected measures for the 
next financial year will be set 
out in the Remuneration section 
of the Annual Report for that 
year.

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

063

Variable Remuneration

Component

Annual and 
deferred annual 
bonus

Purpose and link to 
strategy

Operation

To link reward to the 
achievement of key 
business objectives 
for the year.
To provide 
additional alignment 
with shareholders’ 
interests through 
the operation of 
bonus deferral.

The Executive Directors are 
participants in the annual bonus 
plan which is reviewed annually 
to ensure bonus opportunity, 
performance measures and 
targets and objectives are 
appropriate and support the 
business strategy.
The Committee will determine 
the level of bonus to be 
awarded, taking into account 
the extent to which the targets 
have been met and overall 
business and personal 
performance.
Up to 60% of an Executive 
Director’s annual bonus will be 
paid in cash following the 
release of the audited results of 
the business.
At least 40% of any bonus is 
deferred into an award over 
Company shares issued as a 
nil-cost option pursuant to the 
terms of the LTIP, which will 
usually be deferred for three 
years.
Dividend equivalents will be 
paid usually in additional shares 
when the deferred shares are 
released.

Component

ltip

Purpose and link to 
strategy

Operation

Maximum

Performance framework

The maximum LTIP award that 
may be made is up to 150% of 
base salary per annum as 
provided for in plan rules, but 
for the avoidance of doubt this 
excludes any nil-cost options 
issued pursuant to an award 
under the annual bonus 
scheme.

To link reward for 
the Executive 
Directors to the 
achievement of 
long-term 
performance 
objectives of the 
Company which are 
aligned to the 
strategic goals and 
to retain executives.

Awards under the LTIP will 
usually be made in the form of a 
contingent award of shares or 
grant of nil-cost options or 
nominal value options.
Vesting of the award is 
dependent on the achievement 
of performance targets, typically 
measured over a three-year 
period.
Vested awards (relating to 
awards granted from 2019 
onwards) will be subject to an 
additional two-year holding 
period.
Dividend equivalents will be 
paid usually in additional shares 
when the LTIP awards are 
released.

Vesting of LTIP awards is 
dependent on the achievement 
of performance measures 
determined by the Committee 
ahead of each award. These 
details will be disclosed in the 
Annual Report on Remuneration 
section of the Remuneration 
Report.
Performance will usually be 
measured over a three-year 
performance period. For 
achieving a “threshold” level of 
performance against a 
performance measure, no more 
than 25% of the award will vest.
Vesting then increases on a 
sliding scale to 100% for 
achieving a stretching maximum 
performance target.

Value Delivery Plan (VDP)

removed from 
policy. no further 
Vdp awards will  
be granted

GOVERNANCE REPORTEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

064

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

remuneration committee report continued

Component

Employee Share 
option plan; 
Executive directors 
will only be granted 
share options 
under the ESop in 
exceptional 
circumstances

All-employee  
share plans

Shareholding 
guideline

Purpose and link to 
strategy

To reward 
employees for the 
delivery of 
long-term 
shareholder value.

To reward 
employees for the 
delivery of 
long-term 
shareholder value.

To align interests of 
executives and 
shareholders.

Operation

Maximum

Performance framework

If ESOP awards were, in 
exceptional circumstances, 
granted to an Executive 
Director, they would be subject 
to an appropriate performance 
condition as determined by the 
Committee.

The ESOP permits the grant of 
share options with an exercise 
price of not less than the market 
value of a share (as determined 
by the Committee) at the time of 
grant.
Options will usually be 
exercisable between three and 
ten years following the grant.

Executive Directors may 
participate on the same basis as 
other employees.

The standard guideline is that 
Executive Directors are 
expected to build up and retain 
a shareholding worth at least 
200% of salary.
Directors are required to 
maintain their shareholding in 
accordance with this guideline 
for two years post employment. 
(Unless the Committee 
considers a lower limit to be 
appropriate in a particular 
participant’s circumstances.)

policy table for non-Executive directors

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Opportunity

Fees are set at an appropriate level that is market 
competitive and reflective of the responsibilities and 
time commitment associated with specific roles.
The total aggregate fees payable to the Chairman and 
Non-Executive Directors will not exceed the limit stated 
in the Company’s Articles of Association.

to attract and retain non-
Executive directors of the 
required calibre by offering 
market-competitive fees.

The Chairman of the Board receives an all-inclusive fee. 
Non-Executive Directors receive a basic Board fee.
Additional fees may be payable for additional Board 
responsibilities such as acting as the Senior 
Independent Director, chairmanship or membership of a 
Board Committee.
The Remuneration Committee reviews the fees paid to 
the Chairman and the Board reviews the fees paid to 
the Non-Executive Directors periodically.
Additional fees may be paid to Non-Executive Directors 
on a per diem basis to reflect increased time 
commitment in certain limited circumstances.
Expenses incurred in the performance of non-executive 
duties for the Company may be reimbursed or paid 
directly by the Company, as appropriate, including any 
tax and social security contributions due on the 
expenses.
Non-Executive Directors may be provided with benefits 
to enable them to undertake their duties.

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

065

Annual report on remuneration

The Annual Report on Remuneration will be subject to an advisory  
shareholder vote at the 2021 Annual General Meeting.

implementation of the remuneration policy in 2021

This section provides an overview of how the Committee is proposing to implement the Remuneration Policy during 2021.

Base Salary

As discussed in the Remuneration Committee Chairman’s statement, the new Chief Executive Officer’s salary of £400,000 was determined from 
date of joining on 28 September 2020 and will be reviewed on 1 January 2022. Lynne Fennah’s salary was £316,200 effective from 1 January 2020. In 
view of the financial impact of COVID-19 on the Company, executive salaries will remain unchanged in 2021. The prior and current salaries are set out 
below.

Executive Director

Duncan Garrood

Lynne Fennah 

Pension and Benefits

Prior salary

Current salary

£400,000 fixed 28 September 2020 

£400,000 with effect from 1 January 2021

£316,200 fixed 1 January 2020

£316,200 with effect from 1 January 2021

Executive Directors will be provided with a standard benefits package including pension provision (CEO 7.5% and CFO/COO 15%), medical 

insurance, life insurance, and car allowance (£15,000 for CEO and £10,000 for CFO/COO).

Annual and deferred Annual Bonus

The maximum payout under the annual bonus scheme is unchanged at 110% of salary, with at least 40% of any bonus satisfied by the issue of 

nil-cost options, which will be deferred for three years.

– 
– 
– 

The annual bonus will be determined by three equally weighted performance measures:
Total Revenue (one third of bonus)
Total Costs (one third of bonus)
Director-specific objectives (one third of bonus)
The Remuneration Committee considers that these three performance objectives are the most appropriate for 2021 as the Company continues 

to manage the consequences of COVID-19. Notwithstanding the formulaic outcome against these measures, the Remuneration Committee will carefully 
consider overall business performance at the year-end and determine whether it should exercise discretion. In particular, the Committee will take into 
account the net income achieved by deducting total costs from total revenue which will determine the ability of the Company to pay dividends. 

Duncan Garrood’s individual specific objectives are: the completion and appropriate implementation of a Board approved 2021-23 strategic 

plan, including the delivery of the 2021 elements of the Portfolio Segmentation Plan, particularly asset disposals, and the evolution of the Hello 
Student® Brand Proposition; optimising the Hello Hub operating platform including the implementation of a new revenue optimisation programme,  
and tangible customer service improvements; to develop workplace engagement and culture, to bring an improved performance on customer service, 
internal talent development and ESG traction.

Lynne Fennah individual specific objectives are: the completion and appropriate implementation of a Board approved 2021-23 strategic plan, 

including a forensic review of the cost base; to provide oversight across all business processes, to ensure alignment with the business strategy, 
efficiency, cost minimisation and regulatory compliance; to develop and execute a Board approved ESG strategy, including a stakeholder engagement 
and communication plan. 

The targets for these measures will be disclosed, and performance against them will be provided, in the next Remuneration Report. Any bonus 

payout will be subject to the Remuneration Committee confirming that, in its assessment, the financial outturns which determined the bonus were 
achieved within an acceptable risk profile. Clawback may be applied to a cash bonus up to three years from the determination of the bonus and malus 
and clawback may be applied to a deferred annual bonus up to three years from the date of award.

ltip

Duncan Garrood and Lynne Fennah will be awarded an LTIP for 2021 equivalent to 150% of salary, with the number of shares determined by the 

average share price in the 12 months preceding grant. The vesting of the LTIP award is subject to two performance measures each being 50% of the 
award. Firstly, Total Accounting Return (“TAR”) relative to threshold and maximum targets for the period 1 January 2021 to 31 December 2023, with TAR 
being the combined Net Asset Value growth and dividends. 25% of the award will vest for meeting a threshold TAR target of 6% pa, increasing to 100% 
vesting for meeting a maximum target of 10% pa. Secondly, Total Shareholder Return (TSR) relative to the FTSE All Share Real Estate Companies peer 
group, with 25% of the award for median performance and 100% for 75th percentile performance (straight line between) for the period 1 January 2021  
to 31 December 2023.

Any LTIP vesting will be subject to the Remuneration Committee confirming that, in its assessment, the vesting outturn was achieved within an 

acceptable risk profile. The Committee has discretion to override formulaic outcomes. 

Malus and clawback may be applied to LTIP awards up to five years from the date of award in line with the UK Corporate Governance Code. 

Vested awards will be subject to an additional two-year holding period.

non-Executive director remuneration

The unchanged fee structure applying from 1 January 2021 is outlined in the table below. Non-Executive Director fees are determined by the full 

Board, except for the fee for the Chairman of the Board, which is determined by the Remuneration Committee.

Base fee

Audit Committee Chairman additional fee

Remuneration Committee Chairman additional fee

Annual fees (£)

£40,000

£8,000

£8,000

Senior Independent Director additional fee

£9,000 (£4,500 if role is held by an individual who is also a Committee Chairman)

Chairman

£115,000

GOVERNANCE REPORT 
Empiric StudEnt propErty plc

066

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

Annual report on remuneration continued

remuneration outcomes in 2020
Single total Figure of remuneration (Audited)

The following table sets out the total remuneration for Executive Directors and Non-Executive Directors for the year ended 31 December 2020 

alongside the equivalent data for the previous year.

Executive directors
Tim Attlee1

Duncan Garrood2

Lynne Fennah

non-Executive directors
Mark Pain

Jim Prower

Stuart Beevor

Alice Avis⁴ 

Executive directors
Tim Attlee1

Duncan Garrood2

Lynne Fennah

non-Executive directors
Mark Pain

Jim Prower

Stuart Beevor

Alice Avis⁴ 

Salary  
and fees 
(£)

204,000

101,538

336,2003

115,000

52,500

48,000

 40,000 

Salary  
and fees 
(£)

Year ended 31 December 2020

Benefits 
(£)

Pension 
(£)

Total Fixed
(£)

Annual 
bonus (£)

Long-term 
incentives 
(£)

Total 
Variable 
(£)

12,784

4,504

13,933

30,600

247,384

7,615

113,657

47,430

 397,563 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

115,000

52,500

48,000

 40,000 

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total 
(£)

247,384

113,657

 397,563 

115,000

52,500

48,000

 40,000 

Year ended 31 December 2019

Benefits 
(£)

Pension 
(£)

Total Fixed 
(£)

Annual bonus 
(£)

Long-term 
incentives 
(£)

Total  
Variable 
(£)

Total 
(£)

400,000

25,018

60,000

485,018

185,548

–

–

–

–

–

310,000

13,561

46,500

370,061

167,670

115,000

52,500

48,000

33,333

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

115,000

52,500

48,000

33,333

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

185,548

670,566

–

–

167,670

537,731

–

–

–

–

115,000

52,500

48,000

33,333

notes to the table – methodology

Salary and fees – This represents the cash paid or receivable in respect of the relevant financial year.
Benefits – This represents the taxable value of all benefits paid or receivable in respect of the relevant financial year. Executive Directors receive 

a standard benefits package including medical insurance, life insurance, car allowance and the former CEO received a London living allowance.

Annual bonus – Total bonus payable for the relevant financial year, whether payable in cash or as a deferred share award.
Long-term incentive – These columns relate to the value of long-term awards whose performance period ends in the period under review. The 
Remuneration Committee determined that the performance for the LTIPs granted in December 2017 and May 2018 had not been met and accordingly 
none of these awards vest.

Pension – The new CEO received a Company contribution worth 7.5% of base salary: the ex CEO and CFO/COO received a contribution of 15% 

of base salary; during the year the Executive Directors each elected to receive a cash allowance in lieu of pension.

1 – Tim Attlee was CEO and a Director until 30 June 2020. 
2 – Duncan Garrood became CEO and a Director on 28 September 2020.
3 – Lynne Fennah’s salary was temporarily enhanced by an acting-up allowance of £20,000 due to her additional responsibilities and workload 

in Q3 2020 when there was no Chief Executive Officer. See page 60 for detail.

4 – Alice Avis joined the Board on 1 March 2019.

Additional disclosures in respect of the Single Figure table (Audited)
2020 Annual Bonus

Tim Attlee and Lynne Fennah participated in the 2020 annual bonus scheme with a maximum annual bonus opportunity of 110% of salary based 

on the performance targets set out below. Duncan Garrood did not participate in the 2020 annual bonus scheme.

Following the reduction in income due to COVID-19, dividends were suspended and operating margin reduced significantly. Accordingly, the 

threshold targets were not achieved in relation to both financial measures.

Although some of the individual specific objectives were met (as detailed below), it became clear that the Company’s financial performance 

would not justify the payment of any bonuses to Executive or other staff in 2020. The Remuneration Committee considered the consequences of zero 
bonus payouts in 2020, particularly in view of the extra pressure COVID-19 has put on all staff. Whilst the commitment and effort is recognised and 
appreciated, the Committee ultimately concluded that zero bonus was the appropriate outcome in the current circumstances.

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

067

Performance measure

Dividend cover

Operating margin

Proportion of bonus  
determined by 
measure

Threshold  
performance  
0% payable

Maximum  
performance  
100% payable

33.33%

33.33%

95% div cover

100% div cover

67%

70%

Actual 
performance1

184%

62%

% of maximum  
bonus payable

0%

0%

Individual specific objectives

3 3.34%

 See below

1 Note there has been a material impact of COVID-19 on our financial performance. See page 6 for detail.

0% following application of Remuneration  
Committee discretion

Tim Attlee’s ’s original individual specific objectives related to the delivery of the 2020 business plan: optimising the operating platform; 
implementing a Board endorsed business plan and vision for future growth; and continuing to develop workplace engagement and culture. Following 
the announcement of Tim’s imminent departure, his individual objectives were replaced with an objective based on the level of the Company’s asset 
sales. No sales were achieved and the minimum target for this objective was not met. 

Lynne Fennah’s individual specific objectives and performance against these objectives were:

–  To successfully deliver the new revenue management platform; Outturn – successfully delivered on time in November and on budget.
–  To embed internalisation of management functions and optimise operating costs; Outturn – the majority of insourcing was completed and a 
restructuring of the operational team was planned and implemented, to provide 24/7 cover in our properties and improve customer services.
Underlying operating cost per bed (excluding council tax on vacant rooms) reduced by 6.4%. 

–  To continue to develop workplace engagement and culture; Outturn – the operational restructuring, colleague engagement and colleague 
surveys, all enhanced working practices, Company values and our “homes not halls” service proposition. Notwithstanding the significant 
challenges arising from COVID-19, the staff survey score was 83% in May, up from 68% in 2019, and only fell marginally to 81% in November 2020.

ltip Vesting

The vesting of the LTIP awards granted to Lynne Fennah on 12 December 2017 and 1 May 2018 were subject to a performance condition of Total 

Return (“TR”) relative to threshold and maximum targets for the periods 30 June 2017 to 30 June 2020 and 31 December 2017 to 31 December 2020 
respectively. TR, for these awards, means combined Net Asset Value growth and dividends. 25% of the awards vest for meeting a threshold TR target 
of 8% pa. increasing to 100% vesting for meeting a maximum target of 12% pa. Actual performance was below the threshold level for both awards so no 
LTIP shares vested.

Scheme interests Awarded during the Financial period (Audited)
Long-Term Incentive Plan Awards

Long-term incentive plan awards are granted over the Company’s shares with the number of shares under award determined by reference to a 

percentage of base salary. Vesting of the awards is conditional upon satisfaction of performance conditions and is usually also conditional upon 
continued employment until the awards vest on the third anniversary of grant. For awards made after 1 January 2019, vesting is subject to an additional 
two-year holding period.

The following table provides details of the LTIP awards granted in 2020 to Lynne Fennah on 8 April 2020 and Duncan Garrood on 10 November 

2020. 

Lynne Fennah

Duncan Garrood

Type of award

LTIP

LTIP

Maximum  
number 
of shares

511,982

Face value  

£

Threshold  
vesting

End of  
performance 
period

 474,300

25% of award

31 December 2022

400,000

300,000

25% of award

30 June 2023 and  
30 September 2023

Lynne Fennah was entitled to a LTIP award over shares worth 150% of her annual salary at the start of the year (i.e. excluding the temporary 

acting-up allowance received during 2020). The number of shares in the award (and the face value in the above table) has been calculated using the 
average Company share price for the 12-month period to 31 March 2020 of £0.9264 and is stated before the impact of reinvestment of the dividends 
paid since grant. Vesting of this award is subject to a performance condition based on Total Return (NAV per share growth and dividends) measured 
over a three-year performance period to 31 December 2022. 25% of the award will vest for meeting a threshold TR target of 8% per annum increasing to 
100% vesting for meeting a maximum target of 12% per annum.

Duncan Garrood’s 2020 LTIP award was set at a level that the Remuneration Committee decided was necessary and appropriate to secure his 

appointment having taken into account various factors including the share price at grant as well as his non-eligibility for any 2020 annual bonus and the 
absence of any buy-out cost associated with his appointment. The face value of the award in the above table has been calculated using the average 
Company share price for the 12-month period to 31 October 2020 of £0.7498 and is stated before the impact of reinvestment of the dividends paid 
since grant. Vesting of this award is subject to two performance measures each being 50% of the award. Firstly, Total Accounting Return (“TAR”) relative 
to threshold and maximum targets for the periods 1 July 2020 to 30 June 2023, with TAR being the combined Net Asset Value growth and dividends. 
25% of the award will vest for meeting a threshold TAR target of 6% pa. increasing to 100% vesting for meeting a maximum target of 10% pa. Secondly, 
Total Shareholder Return (TSR) relative to the FTSE All Share Real Estate Companies peer group, with 25% of the award for median performance and 
100% for 75th percentile performance (straight line between) for the period 1 October 2020 to 30 September 2023.

payments to past directors (Audited)

There were no payments to past Directors during 2020.

GOVERNANCE REPORTEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

068

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

Annual report on remuneration continued

Payments for Loss of Office (Audited)

Tim Attlee’s employment as Chief Executive Officer terminated on 30 June 2020. Remuneration payments following his departure have been 

determined by the Remuneration Committee taking into account contractual entitlements, the rules of the Company’s incentive plans and the 
provisions of the Policy. 

–  The 12-month contractual notice period commenced on 18 March 2020 following the announcement that Tim Attlee intended to step down as 

– 

Chief Executive Officer and will end on 17 March 2021. 
In accordance with the terms of Tim’s employment contract, the basic salary and contractual benefits amounting to £41,350 per month have been 
paid from 1 July 2020 and will continue until 17 March 2021. 

–  Tim Attlee’s outstanding deferred bonus shares will vest three years after the date of grant as follows:

a) 2018 bonus – 43,818 deferred shares will vest on 24 April 2022
b) 2019 bonus – 80,116 deferred shares will vest on 8 April 2023

–  Tim Attlee remained a participant in the Value Delivery Plan (VDP), but following the end of the 2017-2020 four-year performance period, the 

VDP lapsed with no payout. 

–  Tim Attlee was not granted an LTIP award in 2020 and has no other LTIPs outstanding.
–  Tim Attlee was eligible for a 2020 bonus, prorated for the period up to the termination date. In view of the impact of COVID-19 on the Company’s 

– 

performance, no bonus was paid.
In line with our post-employment shareholding guideline, shares granted as part of remuneration during employment amounting to 326,517 
shares are to be held for a minimum period of two years post-employment, being 30 June 2022. The deferred ordinary shares which vest on 
24 April 2022 will also be held until 30 June 2022. 

–  The Company also paid £5,000 (plus VAT) in relation to legal fees incurred by Tim Attlee in connection with the termination of his employment.

Statement of directors’ Shareholdings and Share interests (Audited)

The table below shows the Directors’ share ownership as at 31 December 2020.
The standard shareholding guideline is that Executive Directors are expected to build up and retain a shareholding worth at least 200% of salary. 

The guideline is expected to be satisfied within a five-year period of the introduction of the guideline or, if later, their appointment to the Board. Lynne 
Fennah and Duncan Garrood are in the process of building up their shareholding and are both within the grace period.

Directors are now required to maintain their shareholding in accordance with this guideline for two years post employment (unless the 

Committee considers a lower limit to be appropriate in a particular participant’s circumstances).

Dividends 
received during  
the year ended  

31 December 2020

Beneficially  
owned shares at  
31 December 2020 
(number of shares)

 £1,250 

£12,415 

–

£859 

£588 

£310 

–

100,000

993,174

–

55,400

37,935

20,000

–

Outstanding LTIP 
awards subject to 
performance and 
employment 
conditions at  
31 December 20202 
(number of shares)

Outstanding annual 
bonus awards subject 
to employment 
conditions at  
31 December 20203 
(number of shares)

–

–

400,000

1,523,626

–

–

–

–

–

–

83,674 

–

–

–

% of salary1

–

–

–

13%

–

–

–

Mark Pain

Tim Attlee4

Duncan Garrood

Lynne Fennah

Jim Prower

Stuart Beevor

Alice Avis

1   Value-based on salary effective from 1 January 2020 and the closing share price on 31 December 2020 of £0.749. 
2   These are outstanding LTIP awards subject to the performance conditions disclosed in this or previous Remuneration Reports. 
3   These are outstanding deferred awards granted pursuant to the annual bonus plan.
4   Figures up to point of cessation as Director.

Between 31 December 2020 and the date of this Report, there were no changes in the shareholdings outlined in the above table.

performance Graph and cEo remuneration table

The chart below compares the TSR performance of the Company during the period since IPO to the FTSE All-Share Index and the FTSE 

All-Share REIT Index. These indices have been chosen because they are recognised equity market indices of which the Company is a member.  
The base point in the chart for the Company equates to the IPO price of 100 pence.

ESP TSR vs. FTSE All-Share and FTSE All-Share REIT Indices
£150

£140

£130

£120

£110

£100

£90

£80

£70

Jun-14

Dec-14

Jun-15

Dec-15

Jun-16

Dec-16

Jun-17

Dec-17

Jun-18

Dec-18

Jun-19

Jun-19

Jun-20

Dec-20

Empiric Student Property

FTSE All-Share Index

FTSE All-Share REIT Index

 
 
 
AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

069

Chief Executive Officer Remuneration Outcomes

The table below shows the total remuneration payable to the CEO for the financial periods since IPO, and variable pay outturns as a percentage 

of the maximum opportunity.

CEO single figure of remuneration

Annual bonus payout (% of maximum)

LTIP vesting

12 months 
ended  
30 June
 2015

12 months 
ended  
30 June
 2016

6 months 
ended  
31 December 
2016

12 months 
ended  
31 December 
2017

12 months 
ended  
31 December 
20181

12 months 
ended  
31 December 
2019

12 months 
ended  
31 December 
20202

£576,263

£748,160

£314,455

£731,442

£539,500

£670,557

£361,041 

100%

n/a

100%

n/a

50%

n/a

0%

25.12%

63.7%

0%

42%

0%

0%

0%

1 Includes Acting CEO for period 1 January to 31 October 2018.
2 Combination of Tim Attlee as CEO from 1 January to 30 June 2020 and Duncan Garrood as CEO from 28 September to 31 December 2020.

cEo pay ratio

The UK Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018 introduces a requirement for certain UK listed companies to publish the ratio of 

CEO pay to UK staff pay. This is presented below for the Group and calculated in accordance with the regulations:

Year

2020 

2019 

Option

25th percentile pay ratio

Median pay ratio 75th percentile pay ratio

A

A

24:1

33:1

23:1

31:1

Method

Total pay and benefits

Salary

Total pay and benefits

Salary

Total pay and benefits

Lower quartile

Median quartile

Upper quartile

2020

A

£20,250

£20,250

£20,963

£19,500

£25,309

We have used Option A as the statistically preferred method for calculating the pay ratio.
Figures are calculated based on a reference date of 31 December 2020 (324 headcount employed at this date).
Remuneration for Non-Executive Directors has not been included in the calculations.
The conversion for part-time colleagues to FTE equivalent uses a standard working week of 37.5 hours and 52 weeks a year.

The summary above shows that the CEO pay ratios at all percentiles has reduced. This is due to two factors: firstly the CEO pay is only based on 

a nine-month period and not the full year and secondly there were no bonuses paid to the CEO in 2020.

The Group adopts a reward framework which is based on a set of principles for all our people. The remuneration should be competitive 
compared to other comparative roles and always more than the Real Living Wage. All our people are paid using the same principles as the pay for our 
Executive Directors. On this basis, we believe the median ratio is consistent with the Group’s wider policies on pay, reward and progression policies.

percentage change in remuneration of the directors

The table below shows the change in the various elements of Director remuneration relative to the change in average employee remuneration 

between the last two financial periods.

Mark Pain
 change

Jim Prower
 change

Stuart Beevor
 change

Alice Avis
 change

Lynne Fennah
 change

Duncan Garrood 
change

Average employee 
change

Base salary

Benefits

Annual bonus

+0%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+2%

+0%

-100%

+0%

+0%

+0%

+4%

–

–100%

Calculated as percentage change in the figures within the table entitled Single Total Figure of Remuneration (Audited).

relative importance of Spend on pay

The table below sets out the total expenditure on pay for all of the Company’s employees, compared to distributions to shareholders by way of 

dividend.

Total staff costs (further details are provided in Note 6 to the Group accounts (page 91)

Total dividends

Year ended 
31 December 2020

Year ended 
31 December 2019

£9.0m

£7.6m

£9.1m

£30.1m

consideration by directors of matters relating to directors’ remuneration

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for reviewing and making recommendations to the Board regarding the Remuneration Policy of the 

Group and for reviewing compliance with Policy. During the year ended 31 December 2020, the Remuneration Committee consisted of the following 
Directors: Stuart Beevor, Mark Pain, Jim Prower and Alice Avis. The Committee met six times during the year ended 31 December 2020.

internal Advice

No individual was present when their own remuneration was being discussed. The Company Secretary acted as secretary to the Remuneration 

Committee. The Executive and HR Director joined some meetings to discuss relevant matters as required.

19:1

25:1

Salary

£24,336

GOVERNANCE REPORTEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

070

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

Annual report on remuneration continued

External Advice

Deloitte LLP was appointed by the Company in 2015 to provide advice on executive remuneration matters. During the year, the Committee 
received independent and objective advice from Deloitte, principally on the drafting of the Remuneration Report, incentive design and market practice. 
Deloitte was paid £19,000 in fees during the year ended 31 December 2020 for these services (charged on a time plus expense basis). Deloitte is a 
founding member of the Remuneration Consultants Group and, as such, voluntarily operates under the Code of Conduct in relation to executive 
remuneration consulting in the UK. Deloitte provided no other services to the Company during this period.

compliance with the uK corporate Governance code

The Committee is mindful of the UK Corporate Governance Code and considers that it has appropriately addressed the principles of Provision 

40 in the Code:

–  Clarity – This Remuneration Report provides a straightforward and transparent disclosure of our executive remuneration arrangements.
–  Simplicity and alignment to culture – Our variable remuneration arrangements are straightforward with individuals eligible for an annual 
bonus and, at more senior levels, LTIP awards. Performance measures used in these plans are aligned with KPIs, key strategic objectives and long-term 
sustainable value creation.

–  Predictability – The Policy Table on page 62 contains maximum opportunity levels for Executive Directors’ bonus and LTIP awards and 

pension provision. The charts on page 56 of the 2019 Annual Report provide indications of the potential total reward opportunity for the Executive 
Directors.

–  Proportionality and risk – Our variable remuneration arrangements are designed to provide a fair and proportionate link between Group 

performance and reward and the Remuneration Committee has an overriding discretion that allows it to adjust formulaic annual bonus or LTIP 
outcomes so as to prevent disproportionate results. Additionally, we ensure there is a clear link between executive remuneration and the longer-term 
performance of the Group through a combination of bonus deferral into shares, five-year release periods for LTIP awards and stretching shareholding 
requirements that apply during and post-employment.

–  Risk – Before approving any bonus or LTIP payouts, the Committee confirms that they were achieved within an acceptable risk profile. Malus 

and clawback provisions also apply to both the annual bonus and LTIP.

Shareholder Voting

Shareholder support was received for our resolutions on remuneration as summarised below:

Approval of the Directors’ Remuneration Report (May 2020 Annual General Meeting)

322,002,722 (99.6%)

1,179,322 (0.4%)

35,190,897

Approval of the Remuneration Policy (May 2020 Annual General Meeting)

349,871,083 (97.7%)

8,367,331 (2.3%)

134,527

Votes for

Votes against

Votes withheld

External Board Appointments

Executive Directors are normally entitled to accept appointments outside the Company with the consent of the Board. Any fees received may be 

retained by the Director.

Lynne Fennah was appointed Non-Executive Chairman of Home REIT plc with effect from 12 October 2020.

This report was approved by the Board on 16 March 2021.
On behalf of the Board:

Stuart Beevor
Remuneration Committee Chairman | 16 March 2021

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

071

directors’ report

introduction

The Directors are pleased to present their 
Annual Report, including the Company’s audited 
financial statements, for the year ended 
31 December 2020. The Directors’ Report and the 
Strategic Report on pages 1 to 47 comprise the 
“Management Report”, for the purposes of 
Disclosure and Transparency Rule 4.1.5R.

Statutory information contained Elsewhere in 
the Annual report

Information required to be part of this 

Directors’ Report can be found elsewhere in the 
Annual Report and is incorporated into this report 
by reference, as indicated below.

Financial results and dividends

The financial results for the year can be 

found in the Group Statement of Comprehensive 
Income on page 79.

The interim dividends declared and paid in 

relation to the year are set out on page 95.

directors

The names of the Directors of the Company 
who served during the year are set out on page 68. 
The biographical details of the current Board are on 
pages 48 and 49.

Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance

The Company maintains Directors’ and 
officers’ liability insurance, at its expense, on behalf 
of the Directors.

directors’ interests in Shares and dividends

The Directors’ interests in ordinary shares 
and dividends are disclosed in the Annual Report 
on Remuneration on page 68.

Future developments

An indication of the likely future 
developments of the Company is set out in the 
Strategic Report on page 20.

political donations

The Company made no political donations 

and incurred no political expenditure during the 
year.

Employees

Information about the Group’s employees 
can be found in the Strategic Report on page 36.

Financial instruments

Details of the Group’s financial risk 

management objectives and policies, together with 
its exposure to material financial risks, are set out in 
Note 27 to the consolidated financial statements.

restrictions on transfer of Securities in the 
company

There are no restrictions on the transfer of 

securities in the Company, except pursuant to: 
– 
the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct
Authority (the “Listing Rules”), whereby certain 
individuals require approval to deal in the 
Company’s shares; and 
– 
the Company’s Articles of Association,
whereby the Board may decline to register a 
transfer of shares or otherwise impose a restriction 
on shares, to prevent the Company breaching any 
law or regulation.

The Company is not aware of any 

agreements between holders of securities that may 
result in restrictions on the transfer of securities in 
the Company.

Securities carrying Special rights

No person holds securities in the Company 
carrying special rights with regard to control of the 
Company.

Going concern

The Directors believe that the Company is 

well placed to manage its financing and other 
business risks. Greater detail on this is provided on 
page 43. The Board is, therefore, of the opinion that 
the going concern basis adopted in the preparation 
of the Annual Report is appropriate.

Greenhouse Gas Emissions, Energy consultation 
and Energy Efficiency Action

This information, required by Sch 7 of the 

Companies Act 2006, is included in the Strategic 
Report on page 39.

Substantial Shareholdings

As at 31 December 2020, the Company had 

been notified under the Disclosure and 
Transparency Rules (“DTR 5”) of the following 
substantial holdings in its ordinary shares:

Investor

Investec Wealth & 

Investment

CCLA Investment 
Management

BlackRock

Transact (EO)

Premier Miton Investors

28,815,787

East Riding of Yorkshire

28,293,515

As at 31 December 2020

Number of 
ordinary 
shares

Percentage of 
ordinary 
shares

47,906,132

7.94%

36,224,068

32,859,317

30,149,616

6.01%

5.45%

5.00%

4.78%

4.69%

4.17%

3.11%

Share capital

At 31 December 2020, the total number of 

Schroder Investment 

Management

ordinary shares in issue was 603,160,940. 

Kleinwort Hambros

25,174,027

18,767,452

GOVERNANCE REPORTEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

072

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

directors’ report continued

Amendment of Articles

post Balance Sheet Events

The Articles may be amended by a special 

resolution of the Company’s shareholders.

For all details occurring since the balance sheet 
date, please refer to Note 25 on page 102.

powers of the directors

independent Auditor

Subject to the Articles, the Companies Act 

and any directions given by the Company by 
special resolution, the business of the Company will 
be managed by the Board, which may exercise all 
the powers of the Company.

BDO LLP has expressed its willingness to 
continue as auditor for the financial year ending 
31 December 2021 and a resolution relating to this 
appointment will be tabled at the AGM on 25 May 
2021.

powers in relation to the company issuing 

disclosure of information to Auditor

or purchasing its Shares

At the Company’s AGM held on 7 May 2020, 
the Directors were granted general authority to allot 
shares in the Company in accordance with section 
551 of the Companies Act 2006 up to an aggregate 
nominal amount of £2,010,537. Of these ordinary 
shares, the Directors were granted authority to 
issue up to an aggregate nominal amount of 
£301,580 of equity securities non-pre-emptively 
and wholly for cash. In addition, the Directors were 
granted a further authority to issue up to an 
aggregate nominal amount of £301,580 of equity 
securities non-pre-emptively where such allotment 
or sale is used only for the purposes of financing (or 
refinancing, if the authority is to be used within six 
months after the original transaction) a transaction 
which the Board determines to be an acquisition or 
other capital investment of a kind contemplated by 
the Statement of Principles on Disapplying 
Pre-Emption Rights. These authorities expire at the 
conclusion of the Company’s next AGM.

At the AGM, the Directors were granted 
authority to make one or more market purchases of 
ordinary shares in the Company, in accordance with 
sections 693 and 701 of the Companies Act 2006, 
up to an aggregate number of 60,316,096 ordinary 
shares, within certain price parameters. No ordinary 
shares have been purchased by the Company 
under this authority, which will expire at the 
conclusion of the Company’s next AGM.

Appointment and replacement of directors

Details of the process by which Directors can 

be appointed or replaced are included in the 
Corporate Governance Statement on page 54.

The Directors who were members of the 
Board at the time of approving the Directors’ Report 
have confirmed that:
– 
so far as each Director is aware, there is no 
relevant audit information of which the Company’s
auditor is not aware; and
– 
each Director has taken all the steps that 
they ought to have taken as a Director in order to
make themselves aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Company’s 
auditor is aware of that information.

AGm
The 2021 AGM will be held on 25 May 2021. 
We are monitoring developments in UK regulations 
in relation to how AGMs may be held during this 
period. Further details about the AGM will be 
provided in the AGM Notice.

This report was approved by the Board on 16 March 
2021.

mark pain
Chairman | 16 March 2021

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

073

directors’ responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for preparing 
the Annual Report and the financial statements in 
accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to 

prepare the Group and Company financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law 
the Directors are required to prepare the Group 
financial statements and have elected to prepare 
the Company financial statements in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(“IFRSs”) as adopted by the European Union. Under 
company law the Directors must not approve the 
financial statements unless they are satisfied that 
they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs 
of the Group and Company and of the profit or loss 
for the Group for that year.

In preparing these financial statements, the 

state whether they have been prepared in 

select suitable accounting policies and then 

make judgements and accounting estimates 

Directors are required to:
– 
apply them consistently; 
– 
that are reasonable and prudent; 
– 
accordance with international accounting standards 
in conformity with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006 and international financial 
reporting standards adopted pursuant to 
Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies to the 
European Union, subject to any material departures 
disclosed and explained in the financial statements; 
prepare the financial statements on the 
– 
going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to 
presume that the Group and the Company will 
continue in business; and 
– 
Report and Directors’ Remuneration Report which 
comply with the requirements of the Companies 
Act 2006. 

prepare a Directors’ Report, a Strategic 

Website publication

The Directors are responsible for ensuring 

the Annual Report and the financial statements are 
made available on a website. Financial statements 
are published on the Company’s website in 
accordance with legislation in the UK governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements, which may vary from legislation in other 
jurisdictions. The maintenance and integrity of the 
Company’s website is the responsibility of the 
Directors. The Directors’ responsibility also extends 
to the ongoing integrity of the financial statements 
contained therein.

directors’ responsibilities pursuant to dtr4

The Directors confirm that to the best of their 

the Group financial statements have been 

knowledge:
– 
prepared in accordance with international 
accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and 
international financial reporting standards adopted 
pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it 
applies to the European Union and Article 4 of the 
IAS Regulation and give a true and fair view of the 
assets, liabilities, financial position and profit and 
loss of the Group and the undertakings included in 
the consolidation as a whole; 
– 
the development and performance of the business 
and the financial position of the Group and the 
Parent Company, together with a description of the 
principal risks and uncertainties that they face; and 
– 
the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a 
whole, are fair, balanced and understandable and 
provide the information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Group’s performance, business model 
and strategy. 

the Annual Report includes a fair review of 

The Directors are responsible for keeping 

adequate accounting records that are sufficient to 
show and explain the Group and the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy 
at any time the financial position of the Group and 
the Company and enable them to ensure that the 
financial statements comply with the Companies 
Act 2006 and, as regards the Group financial 
statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. The 
Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the 
assets of the Group and hence for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection 
of fraud and other irregularities.

mark pain
Chairman | 16 March 2021

GOVERNANCE REPORTEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

074

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

independent Auditor’s report to the  
members of Empiric Student property plc
opinion on the Financial Statements
In our opinion:
– the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the

Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2020
and of the Group’s loss for the year then ended;

– the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in

accordance with international accounting standards in conformity
with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006;

– the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in

accordance with international financial reporting standards adopted
pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the
European Union;

– the Parent Company financial statements have been properly

prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted
Accounting Practice; and

– the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the
requirements of the Companies Act 2006; and, as regards the Group
financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

We have audited the financial statements of Empiric Student Property Plc 
(the “Parent Company”) and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) for the year 
ended 31 December 2020 which comprise the Group Statement of 
Comprehensive Income, the Group Statement of Financial Position, the 
Company Statement of Financial Position, the Group Statement of 
Changes in Equity, the Company Statement of Changes in Equity, the 
Group Statement of Cash Flows and notes to the financial statements, 
including a summary of significant accounting policies. The financial 
reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the 
Group financial statements is applicable law and international accounting 
standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 
2006 and international financial reporting standards adopted pursuant to 
Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union. The 
financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of 
the Parent Company financial statements is applicable law and United 
Kingdom Accounting Standards, including Financial Reporting Standard 
101 Reduced Disclosure Framework (United Kingdom Generally 
Accepted Accounting Practice).

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on 
Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under 
those standards are further described in the auditor’s responsibilities for 
the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe 
that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to 
provide a basis for our opinion. Our audit opinion is consistent with the 
additional report to the Audit Committee. 

Independence
Following the recommendation of the Audit Committee, we were 
appointed by the Board of Directors on 4 August 2015 to audit the 
financial statements for the year ending 30 June 2015 and subsequent 
financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement 
including retenders and reappointments is seven years, covering the 
years ending 30 June 2015 to 31 December 2020. We remain 
independent of the Group and the Parent Company in accordance with 
the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial 
statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard as applied to 
listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. The non-audit 
services prohibited by that standard were not provided to the Group or 
the Parent Company.

conclusions related to Going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the 
Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the 
preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. We considered the 
ability of the Group and the Parent Company to continue as a going 
concern to be a key audit matter based on our assessment of the 
significance of the risk and the effect on our audit strategy. Refer to Note 
1.4 (Going Concern).

Our audit procedures in response to this key audit matter and our 
evaluation of the Directors’ assessment of the Group and the Parent 
Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting included:
– We assessed the appropriateness of the Group’s cash flow forecasts

in the context of the Group’s 31 December 2020 financial position and
the expected student occupancies and evaluated the Directors’
downside sensitivities against these forecasts.

– We have considered the potential effects of the continuing COVID

pandemic, including further lockdowns and restrictions, as part of the
downside sensitivity scenarios.

– We evaluated the key assumptions in these forecasts and considered
whether these appear reasonable, for example by comparing rental
revenue to expected student occupancy.

– We assessed the appropriateness of the forecasted student

occupancy against our own expectations given available third party
evidence.

– We obtained the Directors’ views on their ability to cure potential
covenant breaches, through either partial loan repayments or
pledging unencumbered assets, and the Directors’ views on and
evidence of the continued support of their lenders.

– We considered the Group’s overhead and the level of discretionary

spend in the Group and the Directors’ ability to flex this in the
downside scenarios.

– We also reviewed the disclosures relating to the going concern basis
of preparation and considered whether these were consistent with
the Directors’ going concern assessment.

Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any 
material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually  
or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s or the Parent 
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least 
12 months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue. 

In relation to the Parent Company’s reporting on how it has applied the 
UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to add or 
draw attention to in relation to the Directors’ statement in the financial 
statements about whether the Directors considered it appropriate to 
adopt the going concern basis of accounting.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors with respect 
to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.

overview

coverage

100% (2019: 100%) of Group loss before tax 
100% (2019: 100%) of Group revenue 
100% (2019: 100%) of Group total assets

KAM 1 

Key audit 
matters 
(“KAm”)

2020
Valuation of 
investment 
property

2019
Valuation of 
investment 
property

KAM 2

Going concern

–

Group financial statements as a whole

materiality

£10,550,000 (2019: £11,000,000) based on 1% (2019: 1%) 
of Group total assets

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

075

An overview of the Scope of our Audit
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the Group and its environment, including the Group’s system of internal control, and 
assessing the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. We also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, 
including assessing whether there was evidence of bias by the Directors that may have represented a risk of material misstatement.

The Group operates solely in the United Kingdom and through one segment, the investment property portfolio. None of the individually subsidiaries 
were considered to be significant components, and as such the audit approach included undertaking audit work on the key risks of material 
misstatement identified for the Group across the segment. The Group audit team performed all the work necessary to issue the Group and Parent 
Company audit opinions.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of the 
current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified, including 
those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit, and directing the efforts of the engagement 
team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we  
do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. In addition to the matter described in the Material uncertainty related to going concern section, 
we have determined the matters described below to be the key audit matters to be communicated in our report.

Key audit matter

How the scope of our audit addressed the key audit matter

Valuation of investment property
Refer to Note 1.5 (Accounting Policies) and Note 13 (Investment 
Property). 

The Group’s investment property portfolio includes:
– Operational assets: these are existing properties that are currently

let or available to let.

– Development assets: these are properties being built. Such assets
have a different risk and investment profile to the standing assets.

The valuation of investment property requires significant judgement 
and estimates by the Directors and the independent valuer (“the 
Valuer”) and is therefore considered a significant risk due to the 
subjective nature of certain assumptions inherent in each valuation.

Any input inaccuracies or unreasonable bases used in the valuation 
judgements (such as capitalisation yields, future lease income, and in 
the case of properties under construction, costs to complete) could 
result in a material misstatement of the financial statements.

There is also a risk that the Directors may influence the significant 
judgements and estimates in respect of property valuations in order 
to achieve property valuation and other performance targets to meet 
market expectations.

We met with the Group’s external valuer, who valued all of the Group’s 
investment properties (including those under development), to 
understand the assumptions and methodologies used in valuing these 
properties, the market evidence supporting the valuation assumptions 
and the valuation movements in the year. 

We assessed the competency, independence and objectivity of the 
external valuer, which included making enquiries regarding interests and 
relationships that may have created a threat to the valuer’s objectivity. 

We used our knowledge and experience to evaluate and challenge the 
valuation assumptions, methodologies and the inputs used. This 
included establishing our own range of expectations for the valuation of 
investment property based on externally available metrics and wider 
economic and commercial factors. We assessed the valuation for each of 
the investment properties against our own expectation and challenged 
the external valuer in respect of those properties where the valuations 
fell outside of our range of expectation through discussion and 
inspection of corroborating information to determine the appropriate 
valuation. 

We checked the data provided to the valuer by the Group and found that 
it was consistent with the information we audited. This data included 
inputs such as current rent and lease terms, which we have agreed on a 
sample basis to executed lease agreements as part of our audit work. 

For properties under development we agreed a sample of the costs 
incurred to date to supporting documentation and tested the forecasted 
costs to complete to supporting documentation, including budgeted 
development spend and development contract agreements. 

We checked that the property valuations have been properly included in 
the financial statements. We also assessed whether the disclosures in 
the financial statements are appropriate and in accordance with relevant 
accounting standards.

Key observations:
Based on the procedures we performed, we considered the assumptions 
and methodologies used to value the Group’s investment portfolio to be 
appropriate.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

076

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

independent Auditor’s report to the members of Empiric Student property plc continued

our Application of materiality
We apply the concept of materiality both in planning and performing our audit, and in evaluating the effect of misstatements. We consider materiality 
to be the magnitude by which misstatements, including omissions, could influence the economic decisions of reasonable users that are taken on the 
basis of the financial statements. 

In order to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that any misstatements exceed materiality, we use a lower materiality level, 
performance materiality, to determine the extent of testing needed. Importantly, misstatements below these levels will not necessarily be evaluated 
as immaterial as we also take account of the nature of identified misstatements, and the particular circumstances of their occurrence, when evaluating 
their effect on the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole and performance materiality as follows:

Materiality

Basis for  
determining 
materiality

Rationale for the 
benchmark applied

Performance 
materiality

Basis for  
determining 
performance 
materiality

Group financial statements

Parent company financial statements

2020

2019

2020

2019

£10,550,000

£11,000,000

£9,495,000

£9,900,000

1% of Group total assets

1% of Group total assets

90% of Group materiality. 

90% of Group materiality.

We determined that Group total assets would be the most 
appropriate basis for determining overall materiality as we 
consider this to be one of the principal considerations for 
users of the financial statements in assessing the financial 
performance of the Group.

Capped at 90% of Group materiality given the assessment of 
the components aggregation risk.

£7,900,000

£8,250,000

£7,100,000

£7,400,000

75% of materiality – in determining performance materiality 
we have considered the following factors:
–  Our risk assessment, including our assessment of the 

75% of materiality – in determining performance materiality we 
have considered the following factors:
–  Our risk assessment, including our assessment of the 

Group’s overall control environment; and

Group’s overall control environment; and

–  Our past experience of the audit, which has indicated a 

–  Our past experience of the audit, which has indicated a low 

low number of corrected and uncorrected misstatements 
identified in prior periods and Management’s willingness 
to investigate and correct these. 

number of corrected and uncorrected misstatements 
identified in prior periods and Management’s willingness to 
investigate and correct these. 

the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the 
audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such 
material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are 
required to determine whether this gives rise to a material misstatement 
in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have 
performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this 
other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

corporate Governance Statement
The Listing Rules require us to review the Directors’ statement in relation 
to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the Corporate 
Governance Statement relating to the Parent Company’s compliance 
with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Statement specified 
for our review. 

Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded 
that each of the following elements of the Corporate Governance 
Statement is materially consistent with the financial statements or our 
knowledge obtained during the audit. 

Specific materiality
We also determined that for other classes of transactions, balances or 
disclosures not related to investment properties, a misstatement of less 
than materiality for the financial statements as a whole could influence 
the economic decisions of users. As a result, we determined materiality 
for these items based on 5% of three-year average of EPRA earnings 
being £950,000 (2019: 5% of EPRA earnings being £1,250,000). The 
three-year average was considered to be a more consistent reflection of 
the business given the decline in EPRA earnings for the current year. 
Those items which may affect EPRA earnings include revenue, property 
expenses, administrative expenses, finance cost and finance income.

We further applied a performance materiality level of 75% (2019: 75%) of 
specific materiality to ensure that the risk of errors exceeding specific 
materiality was appropriately mitigated.

Reporting threshold 
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them all 
individual audit differences in excess of £211,000 (2019: £220,000), and 
for amounts impacting EPRA earnings in excess of £48,000 (2019: 
£63,000). We also agreed to report differences below these thresholds 
that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

other information
The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other 
information comprises the information included in the Annual Report and 
Accounts 2020 other than the financial statements and our auditor’s 
report thereon. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover 
the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly 
stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion 
thereon. Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing 
so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with 

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

077

Going concern and longer-term viability –  The Directors’ statement with regards to the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of 

accounting and any material uncertainties identified set out on page 71; and

–  The Directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the entity’s prospects, the period this assessment 

covers and why the period is appropriate set out on page 43.

Other Code provisions 

–  Directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on page 73; 
–  The Board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks 

set out on page 55; 

–  The section of the Annual Report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and 

internal control systems [set out on page 55; and

–  The section describing the work of the Audit Committee set out on page 57.

other companies Act 2006 reporting
Based on the responsibilities described below and our work performed during the course of the audit, we are required by the Companies Act 2006 
and ISAs (UK) to report on certain opinions and matters as described below.

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report 

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
– 

the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which 
the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and
the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal 
requirements.

– 

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Parent Company and its environment 
obtained in the course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in the Strategic Report 
or the Directors’ Report.

Directors’ remuneration

In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006.

Corporate governance statement

Matters on which we are required to 
report by exception

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit the information about internal 
control and risk management systems in relation to financial reporting processes and about share capital 
structures, given in compliance with rules 7.2.5 and 7.2.6 in the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency 
Rules sourcebook made by the Financial Conduct Authority (the FCA Rules), is consistent with the financial 
statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements. 

In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the Parent Company and its 
environment obtained in the course of the audit, we have not identified material misstatements in this 
information.

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit information about the Company’s 
corporate governance code and practices and about its administrative, management and supervisory 
bodies and their committees complies with rules 7.2.2, 7.2.3 and 7.2.7 of the FCA Rules.

We have nothing to report arising from our responsibility to report if a corporate governance statement 
has not been prepared by the Parent Company. 

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 
requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:
–  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for our 

– 

audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or
the Parent Company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be 
audited are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns; or

–  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
–  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement, the 
Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements 
and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such 
internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the 
preparation of financial statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for 
assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability to continue as a 
going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going 
concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the 
Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or 
to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the 
financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that 
includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, 
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs 
(UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material 
if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to 
influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these 
financial statements.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

078

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

independent Auditor’s report to the members of Empiric Student property plc continued

Extent to which the audit was capable of detecting irregularities, 
including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws 
and regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, 
outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of 
irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are 
capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below: 
–  Agreement of the financial statement disclosures to underlying 

supporting documentation to assess compliance with those laws and 
regulations having an impact on the financial statements;
–  Enquiries of management and the Audit Committee as to their 

identification of any non-compliance with laws or regulations, or any 
actual or potential claims;

–  Review of minutes of Board meetings throughout the period;
–  Obtaining an understanding of the control environment in monitoring 
compliance with laws and regulations and performing our own checks 
of compliance with relevant requirements, including the Companies 
Act 2006, the UK Listing Rules and the REIT tax regime requirements;
In relation to the risk of management override of internal controls, by 
undertaking procedures to review journal entries processed during 
and subsequent to the year end and evaluating whether there was 
evidence of bias that represented a risk of material misstatement due 
to fraud; and

– 

–  We assessed the susceptibility of the Group’s financial statements to 

material misstatement, including how fraud might occur by 
considering the key risks impacting the financial statements. We 
identified specific fraud risks with respect to the valuation of 
investment property, which been included as a key audit matter and 
our audit response is set out in that section of our audit report.

Our audit procedures were designed to respond to risks of material 
misstatement in the financial statements, recognising that the risk of not 
detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of 
not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate 
concealment by, for example, forgery, misrepresentations or through 
collusion. There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures 
performed and the further removed non-compliance with laws and 
regulations is from the events and transactions reflected in the financial 
statements, the less likely we are to become aware of it.

A further description of our responsibilities is available on the Financial 
Reporting Council’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. 
This description forms part of our auditor’s report.

use of our report
This report is made solely to the Parent Company’s members, as a body, 
in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006.  
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the Parent 
Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in 
an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone 
other than the Parent Company and the Parent Company’s members as  
a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we  
have formed.

thomas Edward Goodworth (Senior Statutory Auditor)
For and on behalf of BDO LLP, Statutory Auditor
London, UK
16 March 2021

BDO LLP is a limited liability partnership registered in England and Wales 
(with registered number OC305127).

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

079

Group Statement of comprehensive income

continuing operations
Revenue
Property expenses

Net rental income
Administrative expenses
Change in fair value of investment property

Operating (loss) / profit
Finance cost
Finance income

Net finance costs

(Loss) / profit before income tax
Corporation tax

(Loss) / profit for the year
other comprehensive income
Items that will be reclassified to Statement of Comprehensive Income
Fair value gain on cash flow hedge

total comprehensive (loss) / income for the year

(Loss) / earnings per share expressed in pence per share
Basic
Diluted
Gross margin

Note

2
3

4
13

5

7

8

Year ended 
31 December
2020 
 £’000

Year ended  
31 December
2019 
£’000

59,444 
(22,651) 

36,793
(9,841) 
(37,603) 

(10,651) 

(13,341) 
 22 

(13,319) 

(23,970) 

–

(23,970) 

70,908
(23,351)

47,557
(9,222)
29,176

67,511

(13,148)
409

(12,739)

54,772
–

54,772

–

80

(23,970) 

54,852

(3.97) 
(3.97) 
61.9%

9.08
9.07
67.1%

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

080

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

Group Statement of Financial position

ASSEtS
non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Investment property – Operational Assets
Investment property – Development Assets

total non-current assets

current assets
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

total current assets

total assets

liABilitiES
current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Borrowings
Deferred income

total current liabilities

non-current liabilities
Borrowings

total non-current liabilities

total liabilities

total net assets

Equity
Called up share capital
Share premium
Capital reduction reserve
Retained earnings

total equity

total equity and liabilities

net Asset Value per share basic (pence)
net Asset Value per share diluted (pence)
EprA ntA per share (pence)

These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 16 March 2021 and signed on its behalf by:

lynne Fennah
Chief Financial Officer

At  
31 December
2020 
£’000

At  
31 December
2019
£’000

Note

11
12
13
13

14
15

16
17
16

135 
1,054 
981,369 
23,751 

352
1,619
999,380
29,700

1,006,309

1,031,051

14,510
33,927

48,437 

10,538
16,517

27,055

1,054,746 

1,058,106

15,527
–
20,676

36,203

14,372
42,675
29,204

86,251

17

385,266 

307,097

385,266 

307,097

421,469 

393,348

633,277

664,758

18
19
20

9
9
9

 6,032 
 257 
 475,038 
 151,950 

6,032
257
482,578
175,891

633,277

664,758

1,054,746

1,058,106

 105.00 
 104.60 
 105.00 

110.21
109.99
110.21

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

081

company Statement of Financial position

ASSEtS
Fixed assets
Property, plant and equipment
Intangible assets
Investments in subsidiaries

Total fixed assets

current assets
Trade and other receivables
Amounts due from Group undertakings
Cash and cash equivalents

total current assets

total assets

creditors
current creditors
Trade and other payables
Amounts due to Group undertakings
Borrowings

total current creditors
non-current creditors
Borrowings

total non-current creditors

total creditors

total net assets

capital and reserves
Called up share capital
Share premium
Capital reduction reserve
Retained earnings

total capital and reserves

The Company made a profit for the year of £46,198,000 (2019: £8,179,000 loss).

These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 16 March 2021 and signed on its behalf by:

lynne Fennah
Director

At  
31 December
2020 
£’000

At  
31 December
2019
£’000

Note

11
12
30

14
14
15

16
16

18
19
20

 56 
 968 
 187,598 

188,622

 353 
 350,578 
 24,775 

375,706

 564,328 

288
1,080
81,686

83,054

304
420,006
12,407

432,717

515,771

 2,918 
9,548
 – 

2,841
9,721
9,995

12,466

22,557

 19,961 

 19,961 

32,427

–

–

22,557

531,901

493,214

6,032
257
 475,038 
 50,574 

531,901

6,032
257
482,578
4,347

493,214

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

082

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

Group Statement of changes in Equity

year ended 31 december 2020

Balance at 1 January 2020
changes in equity
Profit for the year

total comprehensive income for the year

Share-based payments
Dividends

total contributions and distribution recognised directly in equity

Balance at 31 december 2020

year ended 31 december 2019
Balance at 1 January 2019
changes in equity
Profit for the year
Fair value gain on cash flow hedge

total comprehensive income for the year

Share-based payments
Share premium cancellation

Share options exercised

Dividends

total contributions and distribution recognised directly in equity

Called up
share capital
£’000

Share
premium
£’000

Capital
reduction 
reserve
£’000

Retained
earnings
£’000

Cash flow
hedge reserve
£’000

6,032

257

482,578

175,891

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

(23,970)

(23,970)

–
(7,540)

(7,540)

29
–

29

–

–

–

–
–

–

Total
equity
£’000

664,758

(23,970)

(23,970)

29
(7,540)

(7,511)

6,032

257

475,038

151,950

– 

633,277

6,029

467,268

45,458

121,215

(80)

639,890

–
–

–

–
–

3

–

3

–
–

–

–
–

–

–
(467,268)

–
467,268

257

–

–

(30,148)

(467,011)

437,120

54,772
–

54,772

164
–

(260)

–

(96)

–
80

80

–
–

–

–

–

–

54,772
80

54,852

164
–

–

(30,148)

(29,984)

664,758

Balance at 31 december 2019

6,032

257

482,578

175,891

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

083

company Statement of changes in Equity

year ended 31 december 2020

Balance at 1 January 2020
changes in equity
Profit for the year

total comprehensive loss for the year

Share-based payments
Dividends

total contributions and distribution recognised directly in equity

Balance at 31 december 2020

year ended 31 december 2019
Balance at 1 January 2019
changes in equity
Loss for the year

total comprehensive loss for the year

Share-based payments
Share premium cancellation

Share options exercised

Dividends

total contributions and distribution recognised directly in equity

Called up
share capital
£’000

Share
premium
£’000

Capital
reduction 
reserve
£’000

Retained
earnings
£’000

Total
equity
£’000

6,032

257

482,578

4,347

493,214

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

46,198

46,198

–
(7,540)

(7,540)

29
–

29

46,198

46,198

29
(7,540)

(7,511)

6,032

257

475,038

50,574

531,901

6,029

467,268

45,458

12,622

531,377

–

–

–

–

–
(467,268)

–
467,268

257

–

–

–

–

–
–

3

–

3

(8,179)

(8,179)

164
–

(260)

(8,179)

(8,179)

164
–

–

(30,148)

–

(30,148)

(467,011)

437,120

(96)

(29,984)

Balance at 31 december 2019

6,032

257

482,578

4,347

493,214

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

084

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

Group Statement of cash Flows

Cash flows from operating activities
(Loss) / profit before income tax
Share-based payments
Depreciation and amortisation
Finance income
Finance costs
Intangible asset impairment
Change in fair value of investment property

Decrease in trade and other receivables
(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables
Increase in deferred rental income

Net cash flows generated from operations

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of tangible fixed assets
Purchases of intangible assets
Purchase of investment property
Interest received
Fixed term deposit

Net cash flows from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Dividends paid
Bank borrowings drawn
Bank borrowings repaid
Loan arrangement fee paid
Finance cost (excluding fair value loss on derivatives)

Net cash flows from financing activities

Increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Year ended 
31 December
2020 
 £’000

Year ended  
31 December
2019 
£’000

(23,970) 
 29 
 326 
(22) 
 13,341 
 898 
 37,603 

54,772
164
283
(409)
13,148
–
(29,176)

 28,205 

38,782

(3,971) 
 1,653 
(8,528) 

(10,846) 

 17,359 

(72) 
(370) 
(14,258) 
 22 
–

958
(1,269)
2,236

1,925

40,707

(85)
(552)
(39,620)
409
10,000

(14,678) 

(29,848)

(7,540) 
 77,800 
(42,800) 
(1,009) 
(11,722) 

 14,729 

 17,410 
 16,517 

 33,927 

(30,148)
115,500
(90,500)
(1,064)
(11,603)

(17,815)

(6,956)
23,473

16,517

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

085

notes to the Financial Statements

1. AccountinG policiES
1.1 period of Account
The consolidated financial statements of the Group are in respect of the reporting period from 1 January 2020 to 31 December 2020.

The consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year ended 31 December 2020 comprise the results of Empiric Student Property plc (the 
“Company”) and its subsidiaries and were approved by the Board for issue on 16 March 2021. The Company is a public limited company incorporated 
and domiciled in England and Wales. The Company’s ordinary shares are admitted to the official list of the UK Listing Authority, a division of the 
Financial Conduct Authority, and traded on the London Stock Exchange. The registered address of the Company is disclosed in the Company 
information.

1.2 Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements of the Group for the year to 31 December 2020 comprise the results of Empiric Student Property plc (the 
“Company”) and its subsidiaries (together, the “Group”). These financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis and in accordance 
with international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and international financial reporting 
standards adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies to the European Union. The Parent Company financial statements have 
been prepared in accordance with FRS 101, Financial Reporting Standards Reduced Disclosure Framework. 

The “requirements of the Companies Act 2006” here means accounts being prepared in accordance with “international accounting standards”  
as defined in section 474(1) of that Act, as it applied immediately before the Implementation Period (IP) completion day (end of transition period), 
including where the Company also makes use of standards which have been adopted for use within the United Kingdom in accordance with 
regulation 1(5) of the International Accounting Standards and European Public Limited Liability Company (Amendment etc.) (EU Exit) Regulations 
2019”.

The Group’s financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for investment property and derivative financial instruments 
which have been measured at fair value. The consolidated financial statements are presented in Sterling which is also the Company and the Group’s 
functional currency.

The Company has applied the exemption allowed under section 408(1b) of the Companies Act 2006 and has therefore not presented its own 
Statement of Comprehensive Income in these financial statements. The Group loss for the year includes a profit after taxation of £46,198,000:  
(2019: loss of £8,179,000) for the Company, which is reflected in the financial statements of the Company.

1.3 Disclosure Exemptions Adopted

In preparing the financial statements of the Parent Company, advantage has been taken of all disclosure exemptions conferred by FRS 101. The Parent 
Company financial statements do not include:

• certain comparative information as otherwise required by international accounting standards;
• a statement of cash flows;
• the effect of future accounting standards not yet adopted; and
• disclosure of related party transactions with other wholly owned members of the Group headed by Empiric Student Property plc. 

In addition, and in accordance with FRS 101, further disclosure exemptions have been adopted because equivalent disclosures are included in the 
consolidated financial statements of Empiric Student Property Plc. The Parent Company Financial Statements do not include certain disclosures in 
respect of:

• Financial Instruments (other than certain disclosures required as a result of recording financial instruments at fair value); and
• Fair value measurement (other than certain disclosures required as a result of recording financial instruments at fair value). 

The Company has taken advantage of the exemption allowed under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and does not present its own profit and 
loss account in these financial statements.

1.4 Going concern
The COVID-19 pandemic has created global economic uncertainty, and in particular an uncertainty around income for the 2020/21 and 2021/22 
academic years. Accordingly, the Group has conducted a detailed going concern review and considered its liquidity position and banking covenant 
compliance strength. 

On 31 March 2020 the Group announced the difficult decision to suspend dividend distributions and guidance. The Group also took decisive action to 
focus on liquidity. All development spend was paused and other discretionary costs were reviewed with reductions identified and implemented. The 
Group also announced it would look favourably upon requests on a case-by-case basis from its customers who were either no longer in occupation 
or, due to university closures, plan not to return to their accommodation, to be released from their rent and lease obligations from 25 April 2020 
onwards. The worst-case estimate for this was a £21 million cash impact, however the final actual impact of releasing students their rent obligations 
for the academic year 2020/21 was much less at £6.5 million. 

As at 31 December 2020 the Group had £34 million in cash and £30 million of undrawn investment debt facilities. The Group is well funded and has 
no refinancing requirements until November 2022. 

The Group’s debt facilities include covenants in respect of LTV and interest cover, both projected and historic, and all debt facilities are ring fenced 
with each specific lender. The Group maintains regular dialogue with all of its lenders as part of the ordinary course of business, however during the 
pandemic we have increased the frequency of this dialogue. As part of these discussions with our lenders we have had conversations specifically 
around the interest cover covenants to ensure we either temporarily restructure these or gain the relevant waivers from the banks to ensure that no 
issues arise. To date all of our banks have been supportive during this period and have expressed commitment to the long-term relationship they 
wish to build with Empiric.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
Empiric StudEnt propErty plc

086

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

notes to the Financial Statements continued

1.4 Going concern continued
Management has evaluated a number of scenarios in its going concern model. The critical assumption is the revenue occupancy for the 2021/22 
academic year. Upside, central and downside cases have been constructed showing 2021/22 academic year occupancy of between 80% and 95%. 
A downside stress scenario has also been considered which has set 2021/22 revenue occupancy at similar levels to the 2020/21 academic year. 

Scenario 

Revenue occupancy for 
2020/21 academic year

Revenue occupancy for 
2021/22 academic year

Scenario 1 – Upside Scenario
Scenario 2 – Central Scenario
Scenario 3 – Downside Scenario
Scenario 4 – Downside Stress Scenario

65%
65%
65%
65%

95%
85%
80%
65%

The Group continues to maintain covenant compliance for its LTV thresholds throughout the going concern assessment period. Property values 
would have to fall by more than 15% from December 2020 valuations before LTV covenants are breached. 

In Scenario 1, 2 and 3 above the Group continues to maintain covenant compliance for all its interest cover covenants. It maintains adequate levels of 
liquidity and does not need to utilise the additional £20 million RCF facility negotiated with Lloyds Bank plc throughout the same assessment period. 
In addition, no assumption is made as to the level of additional cost-cutting measures or mitigating actions which could potentially be undertaken.

In Scenario 4, under our Downside Stress Scenario, we would not meet interest cover covenants at the 30 June 2021 measurement date for two 
lenders. However, the Group has cure rights under the lending agreements and sufficient cash headroom to cure any ICR breaches if required. 
For one lender, under Scenario 4, we would not meet a specific 80% occupancy covenant requirement by October 2021. Under this scenario we 
would be dependent on the further support of this lender, and we would expect this support to be forthcoming. 

To support the Directors’ going concern assessment, the management also evaluated the occupancy level at which all ICR covenant tests were 
breached and, additionally, the impact of a“Reverse Stress Test” which was performed to determine the level of revenue occupancy for the 2021/22 
academic year at which the Group would need to seek alternative sources of funding. For this modelling we kept revenue occupancy for the 2020/21 
academic year at 65%. 

The Directors noted that if occupancy falls below 44% then the Group would be in breach of all ICR covenants, and at 18% revenue occupancy for the 
2021/22 academic year (47% lower revenue occupancy than our Downside Stress Scenario) the Group would need to seek alternative sources of 
funding.

Having reviewed and considered three modelled scenarios, a Downside Stress Scenario, the 2021/22 academic year occupancy level at which ICR 
covenants would be breached and the level at which alternative sources of funding would be required, the Directors consider that the Group has 
adequate resources in place for at least 12 months from the date of these results and have therefore adopted the going concern basis of accounting 
in preparing the annual financial statements.

1.5 Significant Accounting Judgements, Estimates and Assumptions
The preparation of the Group’s financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported 
amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities, and the disclosure of contingent liabilities, at the reporting date. However, uncertainty about 
these assumptions and estimates could result in outcomes that require a material adjustment to the carrying amount of the asset or liability affected in 
future periods.

Estimates
In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, management has made the following estimates, which have the most significant effect on 
the amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements:

(a) Fair Valuation of Investment Property
The market value of investment property is determined, by an independent external real estate valuation expert, to be the estimated amount for
which a property should exchange on the date of the valuation in an arm’s length transaction. Properties have been valued on an individual basis.
The valuation experts use recognised valuation techniques and the principles of IFRS 13.

The valuations have been prepared in accordance with the RICS Valuation – Professional Standards January 2014 (the “Red Book”). Factors reflected 
include current market conditions, annual rentals, lease lengths and location. The significant methods and assumptions used by valuers in estimating 
the fair value of investment property are set out in Note 13.

For properties under development the fair value is calculated by estimating the fair value of the completed property using the income capitalisation 
technique less estimated costs to completion and an appropriate developer’s margin.

Judgements
In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, management has made the following judgements, which have the most significant effect 
on the amounts recognised in the consolidated financial statements:

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

087

1.5 Significant Accounting Judgements, Estimates and Assumptions continued
(b) Operating Lease Contracts – the Group as Lessor
The Group has investment properties which have various categories of leases in place with tenants. The judgements by lease type are detailed 
below:
Student leases: As these leases all have a term of less than one year, the Group retains all the significant risks and rewards of ownership of these 
properties and so accounts for the leases as operating leases.
Nominations and Commercial leases: The Group has determined, based on an evaluation of the terms and conditions of the arrangements, 
particularly the lease terms, insurance requirements and minimum lease payments, that it retains all the significant risks and rewards of ownership of 
these properties and so accounts for the leases as operating leases.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries as at 31 December 2020. Subsidiaries 
are those investee entities where control is achieved when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the 
investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee.

Specifically, the Group controls an investee if, and only if, it has:
(a) power over the investee (i.e. existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee);
(b) exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and
(c) the ability to use its power over the investee to affect its returns.

When the Group has less than a majority of the voting or similar rights of an investee, the Group considers all relevant facts and circumstances in 
assessing whether it has power over an investee, including:
(a) the contractual arrangement with the other vote holders of the investee;
(b) rights arising from other contractual arrangements; and
(c) the Group’s voting rights and potential voting rights.

The Group reassesses whether or not it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or more of the three 
elements of control. Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Group obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Group loses 
control of the subsidiary.

The financial statements of the subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the Parent Company, using consistent accounting policies. 
All intra-Group balances, transactions and unrealised gains and losses resulting from intra-Group transactions are eliminated in full.

Financial Assets
The Group classifies its financial assets into one of the categories discussed below, depending on the purpose for which the asset was acquired. 
Other than financial assets in a qualifying hedging relationship, the Group’s accounting policy for each category is as follows:

Fair Value Through Profit or Loss
This category comprises only in-the-money derivatives (see “Financial liabilities” section of out-of-money derivatives). They are carried in the 
Statement of Financial Position at fair value with changes in fair value recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income in the finance income or 
expense line. Other than derivative financial instruments which are not designated as hedging instruments, the Group does not have any assets held 
for trading nor does it voluntarily classify any financial assets as being at fair value through profit or loss.

Amortised Cost
These assets are primarily from the provision of goods and services to customers (e.g. trade receivables), but also incorporate other types of financial 
assets where the objective is to hold these assets in order to collect contractual cash flows and the contractual cash flows are solely payments of 
principal and interest. They are initially recognised at fair value plus transaction costs that are directly attributable to their acquisition or issue and are 
subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, less provision for impairment.

Impairment provisions for trade receivables are recognised based on the simplified approach within IFRS 9 using the lifetime expected credit losses. 
During this process the probability of the non-payment of the trade receivable is assessed. This probability is then multiplied by the amount of the 
expected loss arising from default to determine the lifetime expected credit loss for the trade receivables. For trade receivables, which are reported 
net, such provisions are recorded in a separate provision account with the loss being recognised within cost of sales in the Statement of 
Comprehensive Income. On confirmation that the trade receivable will not be collectable, the gross carrying value of the asset is written off against 
the associated provision.

Impairment provisions for intercompany receivables are recognised based on a forward-looking expected credit loss model. The methodology used 
to determine the amount of the provision is based on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition of the 
financial asset. For those where the credit risk has not increased significantly since initial recognition of the financial asset, 12-month expected credit 
losses against gross interest income are recognised. For those where the credit risk has increased significantly, lifetime expected credit losses along 
with the gross interest income are recognised. For those that are determined to be credit impaired, lifetime expected credit losses along with interest 
income on a net basis are recognised.

From time to time, the Group elects to renegotiate the terms of trade receivables due from customers with which it has previously had a good trading 
history. Such renegotiations will lead to changes in the timing of payments rather than changes to the amounts owed and, in consequence, the new 
expected cash flows are discounted at the original effective interest rate and any resulting difference to the carrying value is recognised in the 
Statement of Comprehensive Income (operating profit).

The Group’s financial assets measured at amortised cost comprise trade and other receivables and cash and cash equivalents in the Statement of 
Financial Position.

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks, other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities 
of three months or less, and – for the purpose of the Statement of Cash Flows – bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown within loans and 
borrowings in current liabilities on the Statement of Financial Position.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

088

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

notes to the Financial Statements continued

1.5 Significant Accounting Judgements, Estimates and Assumptions continued
Financial Liabilities
The Group classifies its financial liabilities into one of two categories, depending on the purpose for which the liability was acquired.

Other than financial liabilities in a qualifying hedging relationship (see below), the Group’s accounting policy for each category is as follows:

Fair Value Through Profit or Loss
This category comprises only out-of-the-money derivatives (see “Financial assets” for in-the-money derivatives). They are carried in the Statement of 
Financial Position at fair value with changes in fair value recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income. The Group does not hold or issue 
derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes, but for hedging purposes. Other than these derivative financial instruments, the Group does 
not have any liabilities held for trading nor has it designated any financial liabilities as being at fair value through profit or loss.

Other Financial Liabilities
Other financial liabilities include the following items:
–  Bank borrowing is initially recognised at fair value net of any transaction costs directly attributable to the issue of the instrument. Such interest-

bearing liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, which ensures that any interest expense 
over the period to repayment is at a constant rate on the balance of the liability carried in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. For the 
purposes of each financial liability, interest expense includes initial transaction costs and any premium payable on redemption, as well as any 
interest or coupon payable while the liability is outstanding. 

–  Trade payables and other short-term monetary liabilities, which are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently carried at amortised cost 

using the effective interest method. 

Hedge Accounting
Hedge accounting is applied to financial assets and financial liabilities only where all of the following criteria are met:
–  at the inception of the hedge there is formal designation and documentation of the hedging relationship and the Group’s risk management 

– 

objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge; and 
the hedge relationship meets all of the hedge effectiveness requirements, including that an economic relationship exists between the hedged 
item and the hedging instrument, the credit risk effect does not dominate the value changes, and the hedge ratio is designated based on actual 
quantities of the hedged item and hedging instrument. 

Cash Flow Hedges
The effective part of forward contracts designated as a hedge of the variability in cash flows of interest rate risk arising from firm commitments, and 
highly probable forecast transactions, are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognised in Other Comprehensive Income and 
accumulated in the cash flow hedge reserve. The Group uses such contracts to fix the cost interest payments.

Intangible Assets
Intangible assets are initially recognised at cost and then subsequently carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses.

Amortisation has been charged to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income on a straight-line basis over ten years.

Investment Property
Investment property comprises property that is held to earn rentals or for capital appreciation, or both, and property under development rather than 
for sale in the ordinary course of business or for use in production or administrative functions.

Investment property is measured initially at cost including transaction costs and is included in the financial statements on unconditional exchange. 
Transaction costs include transfer taxes, professional fees and initial leasing commissions to bring the property to the condition necessary for it to be 
capable of operating.

Once purchased, investment property is stated at fair value. Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair values are included in the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income in the period in which they arise.

Investment property is derecognised when it has been disposed of, or permanently withdrawn from use, and no future economic benefit is expected 
from its disposal. The investment property is derecognised upon unconditional exchange. The difference between the net disposal proceeds and the 
carrying amount of the asset would result in either gains or losses at the retirement or disposal of investment property. Any gains or losses are 
recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income in the period of retirement or disposal.

Property, Plant and Equipment
All property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less depreciation. Historical cost includes expenditure which is directly attributable to the 
acquisition of the asset.

Depreciation has been charged to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income on the following basis:
15% per annum on a reducing balance basis; and 
–  Fixtures and fittings: 
straight-line basis over three years. 
–  Computer equipment: 

Rental Income
The Group is the lessor in respect of operating leases. Rental income arising from operating leases on investment property is accounted for on a 
straight-line basis over the lease term and is included in gross rental income in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income due to its 
operating nature.

Tenant lease incentives are recognised as a reduction of rental revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The lease term is the 
non-cancellable period of the lease together with any further term for which the tenant has the option to continue the lease, where, at the inception of 
the lease, the Directors are reasonably certain that the tenant will exercise that option.

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

089

1.5 Significant Accounting Judgements, Estimates and Assumptions continued
Amounts received from tenants to terminate leases or to compensate for dilapidations are recognised in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income when the right to receive them arises.

Where a student requested a rent refund and they met the criteria set out, including leaving the property, the Group recognised no further income in 
relation to that let, reduced cash with the cash amount refunded, wrote off any deferred income in relation to the refund and any difference between 
cash and deferred income was debited or credited to revenue in the Statement of Comprehensive Income

Segmental Information
The Directors are of the opinion that the Group is engaged in a single segment business, being the investment in student and commercial lettings, 
within the United Kingdom.

Share-Based Payments
Where share options are awarded to employees, the fair value of the options at the date of grant is charged to the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income over the vesting period. Non-market vesting conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number of equity instruments 
expected to vest at each reporting date so that, ultimately, the cumulative amount recognised over the vesting period is based on the number of 
options that eventually vest. Non-vesting conditions and market vesting conditions are factored into the fair value of the options granted. So long as 
all other vesting conditions are satisfied, a charge is made irrespective of whether the market vesting conditions are satisfied.

Where the terms and conditions of options are modified before they vest, the increase in the fair value of the options, measured immediately before 
and after the modification, is also charged to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income over the remaining vesting period. National 
Insurance obligations with respect to equity-settled share-based payments awards are accrued over the vesting period.

Share Capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. External costs directly attributable to the issuance of shares are recognised as a deduction from equity.

Taxation
As the Group is a UK REIT, profits arising in respect of the property rental business are not subject to UK corporation tax.

Taxation in respect of profits and losses outside of the property rental business comprises current and deferred taxes. Taxation is recognised in the 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income except to the extent that it relates to items recognised as direct movement in equity, in which 
case it is also recognised as a direct movement in equity.

Current tax is the total of the expected corporation tax payable in respect of any non-REIT taxable income for the year and any adjustment in respect 
of previous periods, based on tax rates applicable to the periods.

Deferred tax is calculated in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes 
and their tax bases, based on tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognised in full (except to the extent that they relate to the initial recognition of assets and liabilities not acquired in a 
business combination). Deferred tax assets are only recognised to the extent that it is considered probable that the Group will obtain a tax benefit 
when the underlying temporary differences unwind.

1.6 impact of new Accounting Standards and changes in Accounting policies
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the following accounting standards had been issued which are not yet applicable to the 
Group:

- IAS 1/8 definition of materiality amendment
- IFRS 3 definition of a business
- IBOR reform phase 1
- IFRS 16 amendment for rent concessions

The above standards or interpretations not yet effective are expected to have a material impact on these condensed consolidated
financial statements of the Group.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

090

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

notes to the Financial Statements continued

2. REVENUE

Student rental income

Student rental refunds
Commercial rental income

total revenue

3. PROPERTY EXPENSES

Direct site costs
Technology services
Site office and utilities
Cleaning and service contracts
Repairs and maintenance

Total property expenses

4. ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

Salaries and Directors’ remuneration
Legal and professional fees
Other administrative costs
IT expenses

Auditor’s fees
Fees payable for the audit of the Group’s annual accounts
Fees payable for the review of the Group’s interim accounts
Fees payable for the audit of the Group’s subsidiaries

total auditor’s fees

Abortive acquisition costs

Total administrative expenses

Group

Year ended
31 December
2020
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

 64,218 

69,209

(6,539) 
 1,765 

–
1,699

59,444

70,908

Group

Year ended
31 December
2020
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

7,575 
 671 
9,371
 2,922 
 2,112 

7,128
936
9,832
2,729
2,726

22,651

23,351

Group

Year ended
31 December
2020
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

 4,655
 1,976 
 2,453 
 326 

9,410

210
40
136

386

45

5,024
1,776
1,604
333

8,737

210
40
136

386

99

9,841

9,222

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

091

5. NET FINANCE COST

Finance costs
Interest expense on bank borrowings
Amortisation of loan transaction costs

Finance income
Fair value gain on interest rate swap
Interest received on bank deposits

Net finance cost

6. EMPLOYEES AND DIRECTORS

Wages and salaries
Pension costs
Cash bonus
Share-based payments
National insurance

Less: Hello Student® amounts included in property expenses

Amounts included in administrative expenses

The average monthly number of employees of the Group during the year was as follows:
Management
Administration – ESP
Operations – Hello Student®

Directors’ remuneration

Salaries and fees
Pension costs
Cash bonus
Payment in lieu of notice
Share-based payments

Group

Year ended
31 December
2020
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

 11,838 
 1,503 

 13,341 

 – 
 22 

22

11,947
1,201

13,148

181
228

409

13,319

12,739

Group

Year ended
31 December
2020
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

 8,021 
 295 
 – 
 29 
 725 

 9,070 

6,994
327
878
164
750

9,113

(4,415) 

(4,089)

4,655

5,024

 5 
 44 
 316 

 365 

5
27
335

367

Group

Year ended
31 December
2020
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

928 
 86 
 – 
351
 29 

1,394

1,007
107
212
–
164

1,490

A summary of the Directors’ emoluments, including the disclosures required by the Companies Act 2006 is set out in the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

092

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

notes to the Financial Statements continued

7. CORPORATION TAX
The Group became a REIT on 1 July 2014 and as a result does not pay UK corporation tax on its profits and gains from its qualifying property rental
business in the UK provided it meets certain conditions. Non-qualifying profits and gains of the Group continue to be subject to corporation tax as
normal.

In order to achieve and retain REIT status, several conditions have to be met on entry to the regime and on an ongoing basis, including:
– at the start of each accounting period, the assets of the property rental business (plus any cash and certain readily realisable investments) must

be at least 75% of the total value of the Group’s assets;

– at least 75% of the Group’s total profits must arise from the tax-exempt property rental business; and
– at least 90% of the tax exempt profit of the property rental business (excluding gains) of the accounting period must be distributed.

In addition, the full UK corporation tax exemption in respect of the profits of the property rental business will not be available if the profit: financing 
cost ratio in respect of the property rental business is less than 1.25.

The Group met all of the relevant REIT conditions for the year ended 31 December 2020.

The Directors intend that the Group should continue as a REIT for the foreseeable future, with the result that deferred tax is not required to be 
recognised in respect of temporary differences relating to the property rental business.

Current tax
Income tax charge/(credit) for the year
Adjustment in respect of prior year

Total current income tax charge/(credit) in the income statement

Deferred tax
Total deferred income tax charge/(credit) in the income statement

Total current income tax charge/(credit) in the income statement

The tax assessed for the year is lower than the standard rate of corporation tax in the year
Profit for the year

Profit before tax multiplied by the rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19% (2019: 19%)
Exempt property rental profits in the year
Exempt property revaluations in the year
Effects of:
Non-allowable expenses
Capital allowances
Unutilised current year tax losses

Total current income tax charge/(credit) in the income statement

Group

Year ended
31 December
2020
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

–
–

–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

(23,970)

54,772

(4,554)
(2,042)
7,144

70
(1,006)
388

–

10,407
(4,194)
(5,543)

47
(1,143)
426

–

A deferred tax asset in respect of the tax losses generated by the residual (non-tax exempt) business of the Group £388,000 (31 December 2019: 
£426,000) will be recognised to the extent that their utilisation is probable. On the basis that the residual business is not expected to be income 
generating in future periods, a deferred tax asset of £3,027,000 (2019: £3,818,000) has not been recognised in respect of such losses.

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

093

8. EARNINGS PER SHARE
The ordinary number of shares is based on the time-weighted average number of shares throughout the year.

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary 
shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted earnings per share is calculated using the weighted average number of shares adjusted to assume the conversion of all dilutive potential 
ordinary shares.

EPRA EPS, reported on the basis recommended for real estate companies by EPRA, is a key measure of the Group’s operating results.

Adjusted earnings is a performance measure used by the Board to assess the Group’s dividend payments. Licence fees, development rebates and 
rental guarantees are added to EPRA earnings on the basis noted below as the Board sees these cash flows as supportive of dividend payments.
– The adjustment for licence fee receivable is calculated by reference to the fraction of the total period of completed construction during the period,

multiplied by the total licence fee receivable on a given forward-funded asset.

– The development rebate is due from developers in relation to late completion on forward-funded agreements as stipulated in development

agreements.

– The discounts on acquisition are in respect of the vendor guaranteeing a rental shortfall for the first year of operation as stipulated in the sale and

purchase agreement.

Reconciliations are set out below:

Calculation of 
basic EPS 
£’000

Calculation of 
diluted EPS 
£’000

Calculation of 
EPRA 
basic EPS 
£’000

Calculation  
of EPRA 
diluted EPS 
£’000

Calculation of 
adjusted EPS 
£’000

year to 31 december 2020
Earnings
Adjustment to include discounts on acquisition due to rental guarantees in the year
Adjustments to remove:
Changes in fair value of investment properties (Note 13)

(23,970) 

–

–

(23,970)
–

(23,970)
–

(23,970)
–

(23,970)
221

–

 37,603

 37,603

 37,603

Earnings/Adjusted Earnings

Weighted average number of shares (’000)
Adjustment for employee share options (’000)

total number shares (’000)

per-share amount (pence)

year to 31 december 2019
Earnings
Adjustment to include licence fee receivable on forward-funded developments in 

the year

Adjustment to include discounts on acquisition due to rental guarantees in the year 
Adjustments to remove:
Changes in fair value of investment properties (Note 13)
Changes in fair value of interest rate derivatives (Note 18 prior year accounts)

Earnings/Adjusted Earnings

Weighted average number of shares (’000)
Adjustment for employee share options (’000)

total number shares (’000)

per-share amount (pence)

(23,970)

(23,970)

13,633

13,633

13,854

 603,161 
–

 603,161 
–1

 603,161 
–

 603,161 
551

 603,161 
–

 603,161 

 603,161 

 603,161 

 603,712

 603,161 

(3.97)

(3.97)

2.26

2.26

2.30

54,772

54,772

54,772

54,772

54,772

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

–
–

1,038
229

(29,176)
(181)

(29,176)
(181)

(29,176)
(181)

54,772

54,772

25,415

25,415

26,682

602,929
–

602,929
1,215

602,929
–

602,929
1,215

602,929
–

602,929

604,144

602,929

604,144

602,929

9.08

9.07

4.22

4.21

4.43

1 Due to the Group making a loss in the year, under IAS 33 the share options become antidilutive and thus are excluded from the
above calculation.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

094

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

notes to the Financial Statements continued

9. NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE
In October 2019, EPRA published new best practice recommendations for financial disclosures by public real estate companies. Three new measures
of Net Asset Value were introduced namely: EPRA Net Tangible Assets (NTA), EPRA Net Reinvestment Value (NRV) and EPRA Net Disposal Value
(NDV). These recommendations are effective for accounting periods starting on 1 January 2020 and have been adopted by the Group.

The principles of the three new measures per EPRA are below:

EPRA Net Reinstatement Value: Assumes that entities never sell assets and aims to represent the value required to rebuild the entity. 

EPRA Net Tangible Assets: Assumes that entities buy and sell assets, thereby crystallising certain levels of unavoidable deferred tax. 

EPRA Net Disposal Value: Represents the shareholders’ value under a disposal scenario, where deferred tax, financial instruments and certain other 
adjustments are calculated to the full extent of their liability, net of any resulting tax. As the Group is a REIT, no adjustment is made for deferred tax.

The Group consider NAV to be the most relevant measure of the NAV measures and we expect this to be our primary NAV measure going forward. 

A reconciliation of the three new EPRA NAV metrics from IFRS NAV is shown in the table below. The previously reported EPRA NAV has also been 
included for comparative purposes.

year ended 31 december 2020

Net assets per Statement of Financial Position
Adjustments
Intangibles
Purchaser’s costs1

net assets used in per share calculation 

number of shares in issue

Issued share capital (’000)
Issued share capital plus employee options (’000)

net Asset Value per share

Basic Net Asset Value per share
Diluted Net Asset Value per share

Year ended 31 December 2019

Net assets per Statement of Financial Position
Adjustments
Intangibles
Purchaser’s costs1

net assets used in per share calculation 

number of shares in issue

Issued share capital (’000)
Issued share capital plus employee options (’000)

net Asset Value per share

Basic Net Asset Value per share
Diluted Net Asset Value per share

NAV

New EPRA NAV measures

Previously 
reported  
measure

IFRS
£’000

EPRA  
NRV
£’000

EPRA  
NTA 
£’000

EPRA  
NDV
£’000

EPRA  
NAV
£’000

633,278

633,278

633,278

633,278

633,278

–
–

–
32,830

–
–

–
–

–
–

633,278

666,108

633,278

633,278

633,278

603,161
605,475

603,161
605,475

603,161
605,475

603,161
605,475

603,161
605,475

£

1.050
1.046

£

1.104
1.101

£

1.050
1.046

£

1.050
1.046

NAV

New EPRA NAV measures

£

1.050
1.046

Previously 
reported  
measure

IFRS
£’000

EPRA  
NRV
£’000

EPRA  
NTA 
£’000

EPRA  
NDV
£’000

EPRA  
NAV
£’000

664,758

664,758

664,758

664,758

664,758

– 
–

– 
36,593 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

664,758

701,351

664,758

664,758

664,758

603,161
604,376

603,161
604,376

603,161
604,376

603,161
604,376

603,161
604,376

£

1.102
1.100

£

1.162
1.160

£

1.102
1.100

£

1.102
1.100

£

1.102
1.100

1 EPRA NTA and EPRA NDV reflect IFRS values which are net of purchaser’s costs. Any purchaser’s costs deducted from the market value, are 
added back when calculating EPRA NRV.

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

095

10. DIVIDENDS PAID

Interim dividend of 1.25 pence per ordinary share in respect of the quarter ended 31 December 2018
Interim dividend of 1.25 pence per ordinary share in respect of the quarter ended 31 March 2019
Interim dividend of 1.25 pence per ordinary share in respect of the quarter ended 30 June 2019
Interim dividend of 1.25 pence per ordinary share in respect of the quarter ended 30 September 2019
Interim dividend of 1.25 pence per ordinary share in respect of the quarter ended 31 December 2019

No dividends have been declared since the year end. 

Group and Company

Year ended
31 December
2020
£’000

Year ended
31 December
2019
£’000

–
–
–
–
7,540

7,540

7,536
7,536
7,536
7,540
-

30,148

11. FIXED ASSETS 

year ended 31 december 2020

costs
As at 1 January 2020
Additions

As at 31 December 2020

depreciation
As at 1 January 2020
Charge for the year
Impairment

As at 31 December 2020

net book value
As at 31 December 2020

Year ended 31 December 2019

costs
As at 1 January 2019
Additions

As at 31 December 2019

depreciation
As at 1 January 2019
Charge for the year

As at 31 December 2019

net book value
As at 31 December 2019

Fixtures and
fittings
£’000

Group

Computer
equipment
£’000

Total
 £’000

Fixtures and
fittings
£’000

Company

Computer
equipment
£’000

490
–

490

223
 49 
 199 

 471 

266
 72 

 338 

181
 41 
 – 

 222 

756
 72 

 828 

404
 90 
 199 

 693 

490
–

490

214
 49 
 199 

 462 

193
 26 

 219 

181
 10 
 – 

 191 

Total
 £’000

683
 26 

 709 

395
 59 
 199 

 653 

 19 

 116 

 135 

 28 

 28 

 56 

Fixtures and
fittings
£’000

Group

Computer
equipment
£’000

Total
 £’000

Fixtures and
fittings
£’000

Company

Computer
equipment
£’000

490
–

490

165
58

223

267

181
85

266

140
41

181

85

671
85

756

305
99

404

352

490
–

490

165
49

214

276

181
12

193

140
41

181

12

Total
 £’000

671
12

683

305
90

395

288

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

096

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

notes to the Financial Statements continued

12. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

year ended 31 december 2020

costs
As at 1 January 2020
Additions

As at 31 December 2020

Amortisation
As at 1 January 2020
Charge for the year
Impairment

As at 31 December 2020

net book value
As at 31 December 2020

Year ended 31 December 2019

costs
As at 1 January 2019
Additions

As at 31 December 2019

Amortisation
As at 1 January 2019
Charge for the year

As at 31 December 2019

net book value
As at 31 December 2019

Group

Company

Hello Student®
website
development
£’000

NAVision1
development
£’000

Total
 £’000

NAVision1
development
£’000

878
–

 878 

339
 87 
 366 

 792 

1,271
 370 

 1,641 

191
 149 
 333 

 673 

2,149
 370 

 2,519 

530
 236 
 699 

 1,465

1,271
 370 

 1,641 

191
 149 
 333 

 673 

Total
 £’000

1,271
 370 

 1,641 

191
 149 
 333 

 673 

 86 

 968 

 1,054 

 968 

 968 

Hello Student®
application
development
£’000

Group

Hello Student®
website
development
£’000

NAVision1
development
£’000

311
–

311

311
–

–

–

878
–

878

252
87

339

539

719
552

1,271

92
99

191

Company

NAVision1
development
£’000

719
552

Total
 £’000

719
552

1,271

1,271

92
99

191

92
99

191

Total
 £’000

1,597
552

2,149

344
186

530

1,080

1,619

1,080

1,080

1. Relates to the development of our accounting system which enables us to bring our revenue management system in-house, see page 29 for detail.

impairment

Hello Student® website development
During the year we conducted a review of our intangible asset relating to the Hello Student® website. As can be seen on pages 21, we have 
identified that overhauling our website will be a priority for 2021. As such there was an impairment during the year writing off £366,000 of costs 
relating to the old website which have been deemed to be obsolete. 

NAVision development 
During the year we launched our new revenue management system, see page 29 for detail. This new system has provided us with a number of 
benefits. As a result of the launch of this new release we conducted a review of our intangible asset relating to the NAVision development. It was 
found that there were a number of costs identified which were for parts of the system no longer in use under the new revenue management 
system. As such there was an impairment during the year writing off £333,000 of costs relating to the items within the NAVision system which were 
replaced by the new system. 

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

097

13. INVESTMENT PROPERTY 

year ended 31 december 2020

As at 1 January 2020
Property additions
Transfer to / from developments
Change in fair value during the year

As at 31 December 2020

Year ended 31 December 2019

As at 1 January 2019
Property additions
Transfer to / from developments
Change in fair value during the year

As at 31 December 2019

Group

Investment
properties
freehold
£’000

Investment
properties
long
leasehold
£’000

Total
operational
assets
£’000

Properties
under
development
£’000

Total
investment
property
£’000

861,639
 3,915 
 13,082 
(29,416) 

137,741
 352 
 – 
(5,944) 

999,380
 4,267 
 13,082 
(35,360) 

29,700
 9,376 
(13,082) 
(2,243) 

1,029,080
 13,643 
 – 
(37,603) 

 849,220 

 132,149 

 981,369 

 23,751 

 1,005,120 

Group

Investment
properties
freehold
£’000

796,640
4,206
34,441
26,352

Investment
properties
long
leasehold
£’000

132,731
410
–
4,600

Total
operational
assets
£’000

Properties
under
development
£’000

929,371
4,616
34,441
30,952

41,670
24,247
(34,441)
(1,776)

Total
investment
property
£’000

971,041
28,863
–
29,176

861,639

137,741

999,380

29,700

1,029,080

During the year £4,267,000 (31 December 2019: £5,418,000) of additions related to expenditure were recognised in the carrying value of standing 
assets.

In accordance with IAS 40, the carrying value of investment property is their fair value as determined by independent external valuers. This valuation 
has been conducted by CBRE Limited, as external valuer, and has been prepared as at 31 December 2020, in accordance with the Appraisal & 
Valuation Standards of the RICS, on the basis of market value. Properties have been valued on an individual basis. This value has been incorporated 
into the financial statements.

The valuation of all property assets uses market evidence and includes assumptions regarding income expectations and yields that investors would 
expect to achieve on those assets over time. Many external economic and market factors, such as interest rate expectations, bond yields, the 
availability and cost of finance and the relative attraction of property against other asset classes, could lead to a reappraisal of the assumptions used 
to arrive at current valuations. In adverse conditions, this reappraisal can lead to a reduction in property values and a loss in Net Asset Value.

The table below reconciles between the fair value of the investment property per the Consolidated Group Statement of Financial Position and 
investment property per the independent valuation performed in respect of each year end.

Value per independent valuation report

Add:
Head lease

Fair value per Group Statement of Financial position

Fair Value Hierarchy
The following table provides the fair value measurement hierarchy for investment property:

date of valuation 31 december 2020

Assets measured at fair value:
Student properties
Commercial properties

As at 31 December 2020

Date of valuation 31 December 2019

Assets measured at fair value:
Student properties
Commercial properties

As at 31 December 2019

Group

As at
31 December
2020
£’000

As at
31 December
2019
£’000

1,004,651

1,028,610

1,004,651
469

1,028,610
470

1,005,120

1,029,080

Quoted prices
in active
markets
(Level 1)
£’000

Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
£’000

Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
£’000

Total
£’000

 986,899 
 18,221 

 1,005,120 

–
–

–

–
–

–

 986,899 
 18,221 

 1,005,120 

Quoted prices
in active
markets
(Level 1)
£’000

Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
£’000

Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
£’000

–
–

–

–
–

–

1,004,450
24,160

1,028,610

Total
£’000

1,004,450
24,160

1,028,610

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

098

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

notes to the Financial Statements continued

13. INVESTMENT PROPERTY continued
There have been no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the year, nor have there been any transfers between Level 2 and Level 3 during the
year.

The valuations have been prepared on the basis of market value which is defined in the RICS Valuation Standards, as:

“The estimated amount for which a property should exchange on the date of valuation between a willing buyer and a willing seller in an arm’s-length 
transaction after proper marketing wherein the parties had each acted knowledgeably, prudently and without compulsion.”

Market value as defined in the RICS Valuation Standards is the equivalent of fair value under IFRS.

The following descriptions and definitions relate to valuation techniques and key unobservable inputs made in determining fair values. The valuation 
techniques for student properties uses a discounted cash flow with the following inputs:

(a)  Unobservable input: Rental income

 The rent at which space could be let in the market conditions prevailing at the date of valuation. Range £95 per week–£357 per week
(31 December 2019: £97–£347 per week).

(b)  Unobservable input: Rental growth

 The estimated average increase in rent based on both market estimations and contractual arrangements. Assumed growth of 1.48% used in
valuations (31 December 2019: 3.55%).

(c)  Unobservable input: Net initial yield

The net initial yield is defined as the initial gross income as a percentage of the market value (or purchase price as appropriate) plus standard
costs of purchase.
Range: 4.45%–8.50% (31 December 2019: 4.50%–7.25%).

(d)  Unobservable input: COVID rent deduction

 The valuation as of 31 December 2020 includes a £21,439,000 capital deduction to the valuation to reflect the impact of COVID-19 on the
valuations. This deduction is made up of two parts.

 1 – A 75% deduction (to reflect the period from 1 January to September) of the difference between expected gross income (if unaffected by 
COVID-19) and actual predicted income for AY2020/21.
 2 – A 10% reduction to actual income from AY2020/21 to reflect any potential future refunds.

This is based on CBRE’s view that AY2021/22 is going to be an unaffected year and therefore requires no capital deduction relating to COVID-19.

(e) Unobservable input: Physical condition of the property

(f)

 Unobservable input: Planning consent
No planning enquiries undertaken for any of the development properties.

(g)  Sensitivities of measurement of significant unobservable inputs

 As set out in the significant accounting estimates and judgements, the Group’s portfolio valuation is open to judgements and is inherently
subjective by nature.

As a result, the following sensitivity analysis has been prepared by the valuer:

As at 31 december 2020

-3% change 
in rental 
income
£’000

+3% change 
in rental 
income
£’000

-0.25%
change
in yield
£’000

+0.25%
change
in yield
£’000

(Decrease)/increase in the fair value of the investment properties

(40,020)

40,060

46,340

(42,230)

As at 31 December 2019

-3% change 
in rental 
income
£’000

+3% change 
in rental 
income
£’000

-0.25%
change
in yield
£’000

+0.25%
change
in yield
£’000

(Decrease)/increase in the fair value of the investment properties

(39,190)

39,270

46,520

(42,350)

(h) The key assumptions for the commercial properties are net initial yield, current rent and rental growth. A movement of 3% in passing rent and
0.25% in the net initial yield will not have a material impact on the financial statements.

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

099

14. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Trade receivables
Other receivables
Amounts owed by property managers
Prepayments
VAT recoverable

Amounts due from Group undertakings

Movements on the Group provision for impairment of trade receivable were as follows:

At 1 January
(Increase) in provision for receivables impairment

At 31 December

Group

Company

31 December
2020
£’000

31 December
2019
£’000

31 December
2020
£’000

31 December
2019
£’000

 2,539 
 1,063 
 6,505 
 4,157 
 246 

14,510
–

14,510

314
470
5,144
4,355
255

10,538
–

10,538

 – 
 5 
 – 
 341 
 7 

–
20
–
277
7

353
 350,578

304
420,006

350,931

420,310

Group

31 December
2020
£’000

31 December
2019
£’000

(594) 
(855) 

(1,439) 

(593) 
(1) 

(594) 

Provisions for impaired receivables have been included in property expenses in the income statement. Amounts charged to the impairment provision 
are generally written off, when there is no expectation of recovering additional cash. 

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the book value of each class of receivable mentioned above and its cash and cash 
equivalents. The Group does not hold any collateral as security, though in some instances students provide guarantors. 

Management believes that the concentration of credit risk with respect to trade receivables is limited due to the Group’s customer base being large, 
unrelated and are living with us. As such we have a high level of communication with them.

At 31 December 2020, there were no material trade receivables overdue at the year end, and no aged analysis of trade receivables has been 
included. The carrying value of trade and other receivables classified at amortised cost approximates fair value.

The Company performed a review of the expected credit loss on the amounts due from Group undertakings; there was no provision made during the 
year (2019: £nil).

15. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

cash and cash equivalents

16. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Trade payables
Other payables
Accrued expenses
Directors’ bonus accrual

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

Group

Company

31 December
2020
£’000

31 December
2019
£’000

31 December
2020
£’000

31 December
2019
£’000

33,927

16,517

24,775

12,407

Group

Company

31 December
2020
£’000

31 December
2019
£’000

31 December
2020
£’000

31 December
2019
£’000

 3,406 
 1,800 
 9,574 
 747 

3,294
1,287
8,821
970

15,527

14,372

–

–

848
 251 
 1,072 
 747 

2,918

 9,548

533
325
1,013
970

2,841

9,721

15,527

14,372

12,466

12,562

At 31 December 2020, there was deferred rental income of £20,676,000 (31 December 2019: £29,204,000) which was rental income that had been 
booked that relates to future periods.

The Directors consider that the carrying value of trade and other payables approximates to their fair value.

Amounts owed to Group undertakings are interest free and repayable on demand.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

100

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

notes to the Financial Statements continued

17. BANK BORROWINGS
A summary of the drawn and undrawn bank borrowings in the year is shown below:

At 1 January
Bank borrowings from new facilities in the year
Bank borrowings drawn in the year
Bank borrowings repaid during the year

Group

Bank
borrowings
drawn
31 December  
 2020
£’000

Bank
borrowings
undrawn
31 December 
2020
£’000

Total
31 December 
2020
£’000

Bank
borrowings
drawn

31 December  
 2019
£’000

Bank
borrowings
undrawn
31 December 
2019
£’000

 355,000 
52,800 
25,000 
(42,800) 

 35,000 
 42,500 
(25,000) 
 – 

 390,000 
 95,300 
 – 
(42,800) 

330,000
55,500
60,000
(90,500)

60,000
–
(25,000)
–

Total
31 December 
2019
£’000

390,000
55,500
35,000
(90,500)

At 31 december

 390,000 

 52,500 

 442,500 

355,000

35,000

390,000

The Group has refinanced two facilities, one with AIB for £32.8 million and the second with FCB for £10 million which we also extended to £20 million. 
In July 2020 we extended our RCF with Lloyds bank from £70 million to £90 million. (2019: a total of £115,500,000 of additional debt was drawn and a 
total of £90,500,000 was repaid during the year). There is an undrawn RCF debt facility available of £30,000,000 at 31 December 2020 
(31 December 2019: £35,000,000). The Group also entered into a development facility with NatWest for £22.5 million during the year. At 31 December 
2020 no balance has been drawn down. The weighted average term to maturity of the Group’s debt as at the year end is 5.9 years (31 December 
2019: 6.6 years).

Bank borrowings are secured by charges over individual investment properties held by certain asset-holding subsidiaries. These assets have a fair 
value of £952,441,000 at 31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: £879,910,000). In some cases, the lenders also hold charges over the shares of the 
subsidiaries and the intermediary holding companies of those subsidiaries.

The Company has a £20 million unsecured facility with FCB – see above (2019: £10 million) repayable in more than one year, fully drawn. The balance 
net of loan arrangement fees carried as at 31 December 2020 was £19,961,000 (31 December 2019: £9,995,000).

Any associated fees in arranging the bank borrowings unamortised as at the year end are offset against amounts drawn on the facilities as shown in 
the table below:

Non-current

Balance bought forward
Total bank borrowings in the year
Bank borrowings becoming non-current in the year
Less: Bank borrowings becoming current in the year
Less: Bank borrowings repaid during the year

Bank borrowings drawn: due in more than one year
Less: Unamortised costs

Bank borrowings due in more than one year

Current

Balance bought forward
Total bank borrowings in the year
Less: Bank borrowings repaid during the year
Bank borrowings becoming current in the year

Bank borrowings drawn: due in less than one year
Less: Unamortised costs

Bank borrowings due in less than one year

maturity of Bank Borrowings

Repayable between one and two years
Repayable between two and five years
Repayable in over five years

Bank borrowings due in more than one year

Group

31 December
2020
£’000

31 December
2019
£’000

 312,200 
 77,800 
 – 
 – 
–

390,000

(4,734) 

274,500
115,500
55,500
(42,800)
(90,500)

312,200
(5,103)

 385,266 

307,097

Group

31 December
2020
£’000

31 December
2019
£’000

 42,800 
 – 
(42,800) 

–

–
–

–

55,500
–
(55,500)
42,800

42,800
(125)

42,675

Group

31 December
2020
£’000

31 December
2019
£’000

 – 
 132,800 
 257,200 

35,000
–
277,200

 390,000 

312,200

Each of the Group’s facilities has an interest charge which is payable quarterly. Four of the facilities have an interest charge that is based on a margin 
above LIBOR whilst the other five facility interest charges are fixed at 3.97%, 3.52%, 3.24%, 3.64% and 3.20%. The weighted average rate payable by 
the Group on its investment debt portfolio as at the year end was 2.90% (31 December 2019: 3.20%).

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

101

18.  SHARE CAPITAL

Balance brought forward
Share options exercised

Balance carried forward

Group and Company

Group and Company

31 December
2020
Number

603,160,940
–

603,160,940

31 December
2020
£’000

6,032
–

6,032

31 December
2019
Number

602,887,740
273,200

603,160,940

31 December
2019
£’000

6,029
3

6,032

There were no share issues in the year relating to vesting share options. See Note 26 for further details. In the prior year there were two issues, on 2 
October 2019 for 120,815 ordinary shares and the other on 26 November 2019 for 152,385 ordinary shares.

19.  SHARE PREMIUM
The share premium relates to amounts subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value:

Balance brought forward
Share premium cancellation
Share premium on share options exercised

Balance carried forward

Group and Company

31 December
2020
£’000

31 December
2019
£’000

257
–
–

257

467,268
(467,268)
257

257

cancellation
At the AGM on 2 May 2019, shareholders approved a resolution to cancel the Company’s share premium account, which stood at £467 million. The 
court order to confirm the cancellation was received on 4 June 2019, following which the share premium account was cancelled. Cancellation results 
in this capital being treated as realised profit, giving us the flexibility to declare dividends or make other distributions to shareholders, although there 
is no current intention to do so.

20.  CAPITAL REDUCTION RESERVE

Balance brought forward
Less interim dividends declared and paid per Note 10
Share premium cancellation

Balance carried forward

The capital reduction reserve account is a distributable reserve.

Refer to Note 10 for details of the declaration of dividends to shareholders.

21.  LEASING AGREEMENTS
Future total minimum lease receivables under non-cancellable operating leases on investment properties are as follows:

Less than one year
Between one and two years
Between two and three years
Between three and four years
Between four and five years
More than five years

total

Group and Company

31 December
2020
£’000

31 December
2019
£’000

482,578
(7,540)
–

45,458
(30,148)
467,268

475,038

482,578

Group

31 December
2020
£’000

31 December
2019
£’000

 39,625 
 1,169 
 1,123 
 1,102 
 1,042 
 6,269 

 49,278 
 3,271 
 1,407 
 1,361 
 1,338 
 9,851 

 50,330 

 66,506 

The above relates to commercial leases and nomination agreements with UK universities in place as at 31 December 2020. The impact of student leases 
for the forthcoming academic year signed by 31 December 2020 have not been included as the certainty of income does not arise until the tenant takes 
occupation of the accommodation. As at 31 December 2020, £17,689,000 (31 December 2019: £29,204,000) of the future minimum lease receivables 
have been received as cash.

22. 
There were no contingent liabilities at 31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: £nil).

CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

23. 
The Group had capital commitments relating to developments totalling £11,331,000 at 31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: £31,542,000).

CAPITAL COMMITMENTS

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

102

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

notes to the Financial Statements continued

24.  RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES 
Key management personnel
Key management personnel are considered to comprise the Board of Directors. Please refer to Note 6 for details of the remuneration for the key 
management.

Share capital
There were no share transactions with related parties during the year ended 31 December 2020.

Share-Based payments
On 8 April 2020, the Company granted nil-cost options over a total of 152,512 (Tim Attlee 80,116 and Lynne Fennah 72,396) ordinary shares pursuant 
to the deferred shares element of the annual bonus awards for the financial period ended 31 December 2019 (the “Annual Bonus Awards”).

Further, and also on 8 April 2020, Lynne Fennah was granted nil-cost options over 511,892 ordinary shares pursuant to the Empiric 2014 Long Term 
Incentive Plan (the “2017–2020 LTIP Awards”) for the 2020 financial year.

On 11 November 2020, Duncan Garrood was granted nil-cost options over 400,000 ordinary shares pursuant to the Empiric 2014 Long Term Incentive 
Plan (the “2017–2020 LTIP Awards”) for the 2020 financial year.

Details of the Director share ownership and dividends received are detailed on page 68.

Details of the shares granted and exercised are outlined in Note 26.

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

25. 
On 15 March 2021 the Group sold three properties in Portsmouth for a total of £7.4 million. The sale price was at a premium to the market value as at 31 
December 2020.

SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

26. 
The Company operates three equity-settled share-based remuneration schemes for Executive Directors under the deferred annual bonus and LTIP. 
The details of the schemes are included in the Remuneration Committee Report.

issued
On 8 April 2020, the Company granted nil-cost options over a total of 152,512 (Tim Attlee 80,116 and Lynne Fennah 72,396) ordinary shares pursuant 
to the deferred shares element of the annual bonus awards for the financial period ended 31 December 2019 (the “Annual Bonus Awards”).

Further, and also on 8 April 2020, Lynne Fennah was granted nil-cost options over 511,892 ordinary shares pursuant to the Empiric 2014 Long Term 
Incentive Plan (the “2017–2020 LTIP Awards”) for the 2020 financial year.

On 11 November 2020, Duncan Garrood was granted nil-cost options over 400,000 ordinary shares pursuant to the Empiric 2014 Long Term Incentive 
Plan (the “2017–2020 LTIP Awards”) for the 2020 financial year.

Of the nil-cost options, 206,889 are currently exercisable. The weighted average remaining contractual life of these options was 1.7 years (2019: 
1.7 years).

During the year to 31 December 2020 the amount recognised relating to the options was £29,000 (2019: £164,000).

The awards have the benefit of dividend equivalence. The Remuneration Committee will determine on or before vesting whether the dividend 
equivalent will be provided in the form of cash and/or shares.

Outstanding number brought forward
Granted during the period
Vested and exercised during the period
Lapsed during the period

outstanding number carried forward

31/12/2020

31/12/2019

31/12/2018

31/12/2017

31/12/2016

1,250,045 
1,064,494 
–
–

1,051,708
604,134
(129,253)
(276,544)

1,477,817
439,022
(139,325)
(725,806)

3,913,420
207,198
(691,237)
(1,951,564)

2,880,391
1,033,029
–
–

 2,314,539 

1,250,045

1,051,708

1,477,817

3,913,420

The fair value on date of grant for the nil-cost options under the 2018-21 LTIP Awards and Annual Bonus Awards were priced using the Monte Carlo 
pricing model.

The following information is relevant in the determination of the fair value of these nil-cost options in the year:

(a) Weighted average share price at grant date of
(b) Exercise price of
(c) Contractual life of
(d) Expected volatility of
(e) Expected dividend yield of
(f) Risk-free rate of
(g) The volatility assumption is based on a statistical analysis of daily share prices of comparator companies over the last three years
(h) The TSR performance conditions have been considered when assessing the fair value of the options

£0.68
£nil
3 years
34.12%
0.00%
0.55%

Annual Bonus Award

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

103

27. FinAnciAl riSK mAnAGEmEnt
Financial instruments
The Group’s principal financial assets and liabilities are those which arise directly from its operations: trade and other receivables, trade and other 
payables and cash and cash equivalents. Set out below is a comparison by class of the carrying amounts and fair value of the Group’s financial 
instruments that are shown in the financial statements:

risk management
The Company and Group is exposed to market risk (including interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk.

The Board of Directors oversees the management of these risks.

The Board of Directors reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks which are summarised below.

(a) Market Risk
 Market risk is the risk that the fair values of financial instruments will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. The financial instruments held by
the Company and Group that are affected by market risk are principally the Company and Group bank balances along with the interest rate
derivatives (swap and cap) entered into to mitigate interest rate risk.

(b) Credit Risk
 Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Company and Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual
obligations. The Company and Group is exposed to credit risks from both its leasing activities and financing activities, including deposits with banks
and financial institutions.

The Group has established a credit policy under which each new tenant is assessed based on an extensive credit rating scorecard at the time of 
entering into a lease agreement.

The Group’s review includes external rating, when available, and in some cases bank references. 

The Group determines concentrations of credit risk by monthly monitoring the creditworthiness rating of existing customers and through a monthly 
review of the trade receivables’ ageing analysis.

Credit risk also arises from cash and cash equivalents and deposits with banks and financial institutions. For banks and financial institutions, only 
independently rated parties with minimum rating “B” are accepted.

Further disclosures regarding trade and other receivables, which are neither past due nor impaired, are provided in Note 14.

(i) Tenant Receivables
Tenant receivables, primarily tenant rentals, are presented in the Group Statement of Financial Position net of allowances for doubtful receivables and
are monitored on a case-by-case basis. Credit risk is primarily managed by requiring tenants to pay rentals in advance and performing tests around
strength of covenant prior to acquisition. There are no trade receivables past due as at the year end.

(ii) Credit Risk Related to Financial Instruments and Cash Deposits
One of the principal credit risks of the Company and Group arises with the banks and financial institutions. The Board of Directors believes that the
credit risk on short-term deposits and current account cash balances are limited because the counterparties are banks, which are committed lenders
to the Company and Group, with high credit ratings assigned by international credit rating agencies.

Credit ratings (Moody’s)

AIB Group
Canada Life
Mass Mutual
Scottish Widows
Lloyds Bank Plc

Long-term

Outlook

 Baa2 
 Aa3 
 Aa3 
 A2 
 A3 

 Stable 
 Stable 
 Negative 
 Positive 
 Stable

(c) Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk arises from the Company and Group management of working capital and going forward, the finance charges and principal repayments
on any borrowings, of which currently there are none. It is the risk that the Company and Group will encounter difficulty in meeting their financial
obligations as they fall due as the majority of the Company and Group assets are property investments and are therefore not readily realisable. The
Company and Group objective is to ensure they have sufficient available funds for their operations and to fund their capital expenditure. This is
achieved by continuous monitoring of forecast and actual cash flows by management.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

104

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

notes to the Financial Statements continued

27. FinAnciAl riSK mAnAGEmEnt continued
The following table sets out the contractual obligations (representing undiscounted contractual cash flows) of financial liabilities:

At 31 december 2020
Bank borrowings and interest
Trade and other payables

At 31 December 2019
Bank borrowings and interest
Trade and other payables

At 31 december 2020
Bank borrowings and interest
Trade and other payables

At 31 December 2019
Bank borrowings and interest
Trade and other payables

On demand
£’000

Less than 3 
months
£’000

3 to 12  
months 
£’000

1 to 5  
years
£’000

> 5 years
£’000

Total
£’000

Group

–
–

–

 3,021 
 15,527 

 9,063 
 – 

 199,749 
 – 

 283,925 
 – 

 495,758 
 15,527 

 18,548 

 9,063 

 199,749 

 283,925 

 511,285 

On demand
£’000

Less than 3 
months
£’000

Group

3 to 12  
months 
£’000

1 to 5  
years
£’000

> 5 years
£’000

Total
£’000

–
–

–

13,101
14,372

27,473

41,801
–

41,801

149,450
–

317,287
–

521,639
14,372

149,450

317,287

536,011

Company

On demand
£’000

Less than 3 
months
£’000

3 to 12  
months 
£’000

1 to 5  
years
£’000

> 5 years
£’000

Total
£’000

–
–

–

 96 
 2,918 

 3,014 

 289 
 – 

 289 

 20,447 
 – 

 20,447 

 – 
 – 

 – 

 20,832 
 2,918

 23,750

Company

On demand
£’000

Less than 3 
months
£’000

3 to 12  
months 
£’000

1 to 5  
years
£’000

> 5 years
£’000

Total
£’000

–
–

–

10,045
2,841

12,886

–
–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

10,045
2,841

12,886

28.  CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
The primary objectives of the Group’s capital management are to ensure that it remains a going concern and continues to qualify for UK REIT status.

The Board of Directors monitors and reviews the Group’s capital so as to promote the long-term success of the business, facilitate expansion and to 
maintain sustainable returns for shareholders.

Capital consists of ordinary shares, other capital reserves and retained earnings.

29.  SUBSIDIARIES
Those subsidiaries listed below are considered to be all subsidiaries of the Company at 31 December 2020, with the shares issued being ordinary 
shares. All subsidiaries are registered in London at the following address: 6th Floor, Swan House, 17-19 Stratford Place, London, England, W1C 1BQ.

In each case the country of incorporation is England and Wales.

As at 1 January
Additions in the year
Disposals

Balance at 31 december

Company

31 December
2020
£’000

31 December
2019
£’000

81,686
 106,215 
(303)

 187,598 

8,623
73,063
–

81,686

During the current year and prior year there were a number of subsidiaries which moved around the Group, due to reorganisations relating to debt; 
these were all non-cash movements whereby plc forgave intercompany debt owned by subsidiaries in return for the issue of further shares.

Company

Brunswick Contracting Limited
Empiric (Alwyn Court) Limited
Empiric (Baptists Chapel) Limited
Empiric (Bath Canalside) Limited

Status

Active
Active
Active
Active

Ownership

Principal activity

100%
100%
100%
100%

Property Contracting
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

105

29.  SUBSIDIARIES continued
Company

Empiric (Bath James House) Limited
Empiric (Bath JSW) Limited
Empiric (Bath Oolite Road) Limited
Empiric (Bath Piccadilly Place) Limited
Empiric (Birmingham Emporium) Limited
Empiric (Birmingham) Limited
Empiric (Bristol St Mary’s) Limited
Empiric (Bristol St Mary’s) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Bristol) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Bristol) Limited
Empiric (Buccleuch Street) Limited
Empiric (Canterbury Franciscans) Limited
Empiric (Canterbury Pavilion Court) Limited
Empiric (Cardiff Wndsr House) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Cardiff Wndsr House) Limited
Empiric (Centro Court) Limited
Empiric (Claremont Newcastle) Limited
Empiric (College Green) Limited
Empiric (Developments) Limited
Empiric (Durham St Margarets) Limited
Empiric (Edge Apartments) Limited
Empiric (Edinburgh KSR) Limited
Empiric (Edinburgh KSR) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Exeter Bishop Blackall School) Limited
Empiric (Exeter Bonhay Road) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Exeter Bonhay Road) Limited
Empiric (Exeter City Service) Limited
Empiric (Exeter DCL) Limited
Empiric (Exeter Isca Lofts) Limited
Empiric (Exeter LL) Limited
Empiric (Falmouth Maritime Studios) Limited
Empiric (Falmouth Ocean Bowl) Limited
Empiric (Falmouth Ocean Bowl) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Glasgow Ballet School) Limited
Empiric (Glasgow Bath St) Limited
Empiric (Glasgow George Square) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Glasgow George Square) Limited
Empiric (Glasgow George St) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Glasgow George St) Limited
Empiric (Glasgow) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Glasgow) Limited
Empiric (Hatfield CP) Limited
Empiric (Huddersfield Oldgate House) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Huddersfield Oldgate House) Limited
Empiric (Huddersfield Snow Island) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Lancaster Penny Street 1) Limited
Empiric (Lancaster Penny Street 2) Limited
Empiric (Lancaster Penny Street 3) Limited
Empiric (Leeds Algernon) Limited
Empiric (Leeds Mary Morris) Limited
Empiric (Leeds Pennine House) Limited
Empiric (Leeds St Marks) Limited
Empiric (Leicester 134 New Walk) Limited
Empiric (Leicester 136-138 New Walk) Limited
Empiric (Leicester 140-142 New Walk) Limited
Empiric (Leicester 160 Upper New Walk) Limited
Empiric (Leicester Bede Park) Limited
Empiric (Leicester De Montfort Square) Limited
Empiric (Leicester Hosiery Factory) Limited
Empiric (Leicester Peacock Lane) Limited
Empiric (Leicester Shoe & Boot Factory) Limited
Empiric (Leicester West Walk) Limited
Empiric (Liverpool Art School/Maple House) Limited
Empiric (Liverpool Chatham Lodge) Limited
Empiric (Liverpool Grove Street) Limited
Empiric (Liverpool Hahnemann Building) Limited
Empiric (Liverpool Octagon/Hayward) Limited
Empiric (London Camberwell) Limited
Empiric (London Francis Gardner) Limited
Empiric (London Road) Limited

Status

Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Dormant
Dormant
Active
Active
Active
Active
Dormant
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Dormant
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Dormant
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Dormant
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Dormant
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active

Ownership

Principal activity

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Development Management
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

106

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

notes to the Financial Statements continued

29.  SUBSIDIARIES continued
Company

Empiric (Manchester Ladybarn) Limited
Empiric (Manchester Victoria Point) Limited
Empiric (Newcastle Metrovick) Limited
Empiric (Northgate House) Limited
Empiric (Nottingham 95 Talbot) Limited
Empiric (Nottingham Frontage) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Nottingham Frontage) Limited
Empiric (Oxford Stonemason) Limited
Empiric (Picturehouse Apartments) Limited
Empiric (Portobello House) Limited
Empiric (Portsmouth Elm Grove Library) Limited
Empiric (Portsmouth Europa House) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Portsmouth Europa House) Limited
Empiric (Portsmouth Kingsway House) Limited
Empiric (Portsmouth Registry) Limited
Empiric (Provincial House) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Provincial House) Limited
Empiric (Reading Saxon Court) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Reading Saxon Court) Limited
Empiric (Snow Island) Limited
Empiric (Southampton) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Southampton) Limited
Empiric (Southampton Emily Davies) Limited
Empiric (St Andrews Ayton House) Leasing Limited
Empiric (St Andrews Ayton House) Limited
Empiric (St Peter Street) Limited
Empiric (Stirling Forthside) Leasing Limited
Empiric (Stirling Forthside) Limited
Empiric (Stoke Caledonia Mill) Limited
Empiric (Summit House) Limited
Empiric (Talbot Studios) Limited
Empiric (Trippet Lane) Limited
Empiric (Twickenham Grosvenor Hall) Limited
Empiric (York Foss Studios 1) Limited
Empiric (York Lawrence Street) Limited
Empiric (York Percy’s Lane) Limited
Empiric Acquisitions Limited
Empiric Investment Holdings (Five) Limited
Empiric Investment Holdings (Four) Limited
Empiric Investment Holdings (Six) Limited
Empiric Investment Holdings (Three) Limited
Empiric Investment Holdings (Two) Limited
Empiric Investments (Five) Limited
Empiric Investments (Four) Limited
Empiric Investments (One) Limited
Empiric Investments (Six) Limited
Empiric Investments (Three) Limited
Empiric Investments (Two) Limited
Empiric Investments (Seven) Limited
Empiric Investment Holdings (Seven) Limited
Empiric Student Property Trustees Limited
Empiric (Edinburgh South Bridge) Limited
Hello Student® Management Limited

Definitions

Status

Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Dormant
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Dormant
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Dormant
Dormant
Active
Active
Active

Ownership

Principal activity

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Leasing
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Property Investment
Immediate Holding Company
Holding Company
Holding Company
Holding Company
Holding Company
Holding Company
Immediate Holding Company
Immediate Holding Company
Immediate Holding Company
Immediate Holding Company
Immediate Holding Company
Immediate Holding Company
Immediate Holding Company
Holding Company
Trustee of EBT
Property Investment
Property Management

Adjusted EpS – Adjusted earnings per share is a performance measure used by the Board to assess the Group’s dividend payments. Licence fees, 
development rebates, rental guarantees and cumulative gains made on disposals of assets are added to EPRA earnings on the basis noted below as the 
Board sees these cash flows as supportive of dividend payments. This is then divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding 
during the period (refer to Note 8).

AnuK – Accreditation Network UK is a central resource for tenants, landlords and scheme operators interested in accreditation of private rented 
housing.

Average interest cost – The weighted interest cost of our drawn debt portfolio at the balance sheet date.

Average term of debt – The weighted average term of our debt facilities at the balance sheet date.

Basic EpS – The earnings attributed to ordinary shareholders divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period 
(refer to Note 8).

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

107

colleague Engagement – KPI – Non-IFRS measure – Calculated as per the results of our biannual colleague engagement surveys.

company – Empiric Student Property plc.

Customer Happiness – KPI – Non-IFRS measure – Calculated per the results of our biannual customer surveys.

dividend cover – Adjusted earnings divided by dividend paid during the year.

EprA – European Public Real Estate Association.

EprA EpS – Reported on the basis recommended for real estate companies by EPRA (refer to Note 8).

EprA nAV – EPRA NAV is calculated as net assets per the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position excluding fair value adjustments for debt-
related derivatives (refer to Note 9).

EprA net disposal Value (“ndV”) – Represents the shareholders’ value under a disposal scenario, where deferred tax, financial instruments and 
certain other adjustments are calculated to the full extent of their liability, net of any resulting tax. As the Group is a REIT, no adjustment is made for 
deferred tax.

EprA net reinvestment Value (“nrV”) – Assumes that entities never sell assets and aims to represent the value required to rebuild the entity.

EprA net tangible Assets (“ntA”) – Assumes that entities buy and sell assets, thereby crystallising certain levels of unavoidable deferred tax.

Eu – European Union. 

Executive Team – The Executive Directors made up of the CEO and CFO/COO.

GHG – Greenhouse gas.

Gross Asset Value or GAV – The total value of the Group’s wholly owned property portfolio (refer to Note 13).

Gross rent – The total rents achievable if the portfolio was 100% occupied for an academic year.

Gross margin – Gross profit expressed as a percentage of rental income.

Group – Empiric Student Property plc and its subsidiaries.

Hello Student® platform – Our customer-facing brand and operating system which we operate all of our buildings under.

HE – Higher education.

HMO – Homes of multiple occupants.

iASB – International Accounting Standards Board.

iFrS – International Financial Reporting Standards.

ipo – The Group’s Initial Public Offering in June 2014.

liBor – London interbank offered rate.

loan-to-value or ltV – A measure of borrowings used by property investment companies calculated as total drawn borrowings, net of cash and fixed 
term deposits, as a percentage of Gross Asset Value (refer to Notes 13 and 17).

net Asset Value or nAV – Net Asset Value is the net assets in the Statement of Financial Position attributable to ordinary equity holders.

non-pid – Non-property income distribution.

pBSA – Purpose Built Student Accommodation.

pid – Property income distribution.

rcF – Revolving credit facility.

rebooker rate – KPI – Non-IFRS measure – Calculated as the percentage of students staying with us in the previous year who chose to stay living  
with us for another academic year.

rEit – Real estate investment trust.

revenue occupancy – KPI – Non-IFRS measure – Calculated as the percentage of our Gross Annualised Revenue we have achieved for an  
academic year.

ricS – Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors.

Safety – number of accidents – KPI – Non-IFRS measure – Calculated as the number of RIDDOR accidents reported to the Health and Safety Executive.

Senior leadership team – The senior management team which sits beneath the Executive Team and is made up of the six department heads.

the code – UK Code of Corporate Governance, as published in 2018.

total return (“tr” or “tAr”).

total Shareholder return – Share price growth with dividends deemed to be reinvested on the dividend payment date.

uKlA – United Kingdom Listing Authority.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSEmpiric StudEnt propErty plc

108

AnnuAl rEport & AccountS 2020  

company information and corporate Advisers

Company Registration Number: 08886906 
Incorporated in the UK 
(Registered in England)

Empiric Student Property plc is a public company limited by shares

Registered Office 
6th Floor Swan House 
17-19 Stratford Place 
London W1C 1BQ

dirEctorS And AdViSErS

directors 
Mark Pain (Chairman) 
Duncan Garrood (Chief Executive Officer) 
Lynne Fennah (Chief Financial and Operating Officer) 
Jim Prower (Non-Executive Director) 
Stuart Beevor (Non-Executive Director) 
Alice Avis (Non-Executive Director)

Broker and Joint Financial Adviser
Jefferies International Ltd 
Vintners Place 
68 Upper Thames Street 
London EC4V 3BJ 

Broker and Joint Financial Adviser
RBC Europe Limited 
Riverbank House 
2 Swan Lane 
London EC4R 3BF

legal Adviser to the company
Gowling WLG (UK) LLP 
4 More London Riverside 
London SE1 2AU

company Secretary
FIM Capital Limited 
7 Cavendish Square 
London W1G 0PE

registrar
Computershare Investor Services PLC 
The Pavilions 
Bridgwater Road 
Bristol BS99 6ZZ

Auditor
BDO LLP 
55 Baker Street 
London W1U 7EU

communications Adviser
Maitland/AMO
3 Pancras Square
London N1C 4AG

Valuer
CBRE Limited 
Henrietta House 
Henrietta Place 
London W1G 0NB

Empiric Student Property plc
Swan House
17-19 Stratford Place
London
W1C 1BQ
T +44 (0)20 3828 8700
E info@empiric.co.uk

More information on
www.empiric.co.uk